巴利语辭典

诸大德合编

Apihālu: {'def': '(adj.) [a + pihālu, analysed by Fausböll Sn. Gloss. p. 229 as a-spṛhayālu, but Bdhgh evidently different (see below)] not hankering, free from craving, not greedy S.I,187 = Th.1, 1218 (akuhako nipako apihālu); Sn.852 (+ amaccharin, expl^d. at SnA 549 as apihana-sīlo, patthanātanhāya rahito ti vuttaṁ hoti, thus perhaps taking it as a + pi (= api) + hana (fr. dhā, cp. pidahati & pihita); cp. also Nd² 227). (Page 55)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apilāpana: {'def': '【中】不漂浮的。《法集论》(Dhs.#52., #332)：Anupavisanasaṅkhātena ogāhanaṭṭhena apilāpanabhāvo apilāpanatā. Yathā hi lābukaṭāhādīni udake plavanti, na anupavisanti, na tathā ārammaṇe sati. ārammaṇañhesā anupavisati, tasmā apilāpanatāti vuttā.( 进入之称，进去之意，不漂浮的状态，为‘不漂浮性’。就像葫芦在水上飘浮，不溶入(水)，没有如是的所缘。那所缘确实溶入，因此称为‘不漂浮性’。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. api + lap] counting up, repetition [Kern, Toev, s.v. gives der. fr. a + plāvana] Nett 15, 28, 54; Miln.37. (Page 55)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】非漂浮的。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Apilāpanatā: {'def': '(f.) in the pass. at Dhs.14 = Nd² 628 is evidently meant to be taken as a + pilāpana + tā (fr. pilavati, plu), but whether the der. & interpret. of Dhs.A is correct, we are unable to say. On general principles it looks like popular etym. Mrs. Rh. D. translates (p. 16) “opposite of superficiality” (lit “not floating”); see her detailed note Dhs.trsl. 16. (Page 55)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apilāpeti: {'def': '[api + lap] “to talk close by”, i. e. to count up, recite, or: talk idly, boast of Miln.37 (sāpatheyyaṁ). (Page 55)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apiratte: {'def': '[read api ratte, see api 1 a] later in the night J.VI,560. (Page 55)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apithīyati: {'def': '[for apidhīyati; api + dhā] Pass. of apidahati to be obstructed, covered, barred, obscured J.II,158. See also pithīyati. (Page 55)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apitika: {'def': '(adj.) [a + pitika] fatherless J.V,251. (Page 54)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(adj.)(a + pitika)无父的(fatherless)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Apiḷahati: {'def': '& Apiḷandhati [Sk. apinahyati, on n: ḷ see note on gala, & cp. guṇa: guḷa, veṇu: veḷu etc. On ndh for yh see avanandhati] to tie on, fasten, bind together; to adorn oneself with (Acc.) J.V,400 (ger. apiḷayha = piḷandhitvā C.) -- Cp. apiḷandhana & pp apiladdha. (Page 55)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apiḷandha: {'def': '(adj.) at Vv 36¹ should be read as apiḷaddha (= Sk. apinaddha) pp. of apiḷandhati (apiḷandhati) “adorned with”, or (with v. l. SS) as apiḷandhana; VvA.167 expl^s. by analaṅkata, mistaking the a of api for a negation. (Page 55)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apiḷandhana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. apiḷandhati, also in shorter (& more usual) form piḷandhana, q. v.] that which is tied on, i.e. band, ornament, apparel, parure Vv 64¹⁰, 64¹⁸ (expl^d. inacurately at VvA.279 by; a-kāro nipātamattaṁ, pilandhanaṁ = ābhāraṇaṁ); J.VI,472 (c. pilandhituṁ pi ayuttaṁ?). (Page 55)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appa: {'def': 'appaka,【形】小的，少的，无关重要的。【中】一点点。appakasirena,【副】无困难。appakicca,【形】少责任。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'appaka, 【形】小的，少的，无关重要的。【中】一点点。~kasirena, 【副】无困难。 ~kicca, 【形】少责任。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [Vedic alpa, cp. Gr. a]lapάzw (lapάzw) to empty (to make little), a]lapadnόs weak; Lith. alpnas weak, alpstù to faint] small, little, insignificant, often in the sense of “very little = (next to) nothing” (so in most cpds.); thus expl^d. at VvA.334 as equivalent to a negative part. (see appodaka) D.I,61 (opp. mahant, DA.I,170 = parittaka); Sn.713, 775, 805, 896 (= appaka, omaka, thoka, lamaka, jatukka, parittaka Nd¹ 306); Dh.174; J.I,262; Pug.39. -- nt. appaṁ a little, a small portion, a trifle; pl. appāni small things, trifles A.II,26 = It.102; A.II,138; Dh.20 (= thokaṁ eka-vagga-dvi-vagga-mattam pi DhA.I,158), 224 (°smiṁ yācito asked for little), 259.

--aggha of little value (opp. mahaggha priceless) J.I,9; Pug.33; DhA.IV,184. --assāda [BSk. alpâsvāda, cp. Divy 224 = Dh.186; alpa + ā + svād] of little taste or enjoyment, affording little pleasure (always used of kāmā) Vin.II,25 = M.I,130 = A.III,97 = Nd² 71; Sn.61; Dh 186 (= supina-sadisatāya paritta-sukha DhA III 240); Th.2, 358 (= ThA.244); J.II,313; Vism.124. --ātaṅka little (or no) illness, freedom from illness, good health (= appābādha with which often comb^d.) [BSk. alpātaṅka & alpātaṅkatā] D.I,204 (+ appābādha); III,166; A.III,65, 103; Miln.14. --ābādha same as appātaṅka (q. v.) D.I,204; III,166, 237; M.II,125; A.I,25; II,88; III,30, 65 sq., 103, 153; Pv IV.1⁴⁴; °ābādhatā id. [cp. BSk. alpābādhatā good health] A.I,38. --āyuka short lived D.I,18; PvA.103, also as °āyukin Vv 41⁶. --āhāra taking little or no food, fasting M.II,5; Sn.165 (= ekāsana-bhojitāya ca parimita-bhojitāya ca SnA 207), also as °āhāratā M.I,245; II,5. --odaka having little or no water, dry Sn.777 (macche va appodake khīṇasote = parittodake Nd¹ 50); Vv 84³ (+ appabhakkha; expl^d. at VvA.334 as “appa-saddo h’ettha abhāvattho appiccho appanigghoso ti ādisu viya”); J.I,70; DhA.IV,12. --kasira in Instr. °kasirena with little or no difficulty D.I,251; S.V,51; Th.1, 16. --kicca having few duties, free from obligations, free from care Sn.144 (= appaṁ kiccaṁ assā ti KhA 241). --gandha not smelling or having a bad smell Miln.252 (opp. sugandha). --ṭṭha “standing in little”; i. e. connected with little trouble D.I,143; A.I,169. --thāmaka having little or no strength, weak S.IV,206. --dassa having little knowledge or wisdom Sn.1134 (see Nd² 69; expl^d. by paritta-pañña SnA 605). --nigghosa with little sound, quiet, still, soundless (cp. VvA.334, as quoted above under °odaka) A.V,15 (+ appasadda); Sn.338; Nd¹ 377; Miln.371. --pañña, of little wisdom J.II,166; III,223, 263. --puñña of little merit M.II,5. --puññatā having little merit, unworthiness Pv IV.10⁷. --phalatā bringing little fruit PvA.139. --bhakkha having little or nothing to eat Vv 84³. --bhoga having little wealth, i. e. poor, indigent Sn.114 (= sannicitānaṁ ca bhogānaṁ āyamukhassa ca abhāvato SnA 173). --maññati to consider as small, to underrate: see separately. --matta little, slight, mean, (usually as °ka; not to be confounded with appamatta²) A.III,275; J.I,242; also meaning “contented with little” (of the bhikkhu) It.103 = A.II,27; f. °ā trifle, smallness, însignificance D.I,91; DA.I,55. --mattaka small, insignificant, trifling, nt. a trifle (cp. °matta) Vin 1, 213; II,177 (°vissajjaka the distributor of little things, cp. A.III,275 & Vin.IV,38, 155); D.I,3 (= appamattā etassā ti appamattakaṁ DA.I,55); J.I,167; III,12 (= aṇu); PvA.262. --middha “little slothful”, i. e. diligent, alert Miln.412. --rajakkha having little or no obtuseness D.II,37; M.I,169; Sdhp.519. --ssaka having little of one’s own, possessing little A.I,261; II,203. --sattha having few or no companious, lonely, alone Dh.123. --sadda free from noise, quiet M.II,2, 23, 30; A.V,15; Sn.925 (= appanigghosa Nd¹ 377); Pug.35; Miln.371. --siddhika bringing little success or welfare, dangerous J.IV,4 (= mandasiddhi vināsabahula C.); VI,34 (samuddo a. bahu-antarāyiko). --ssuta possessing small knowledge, ignorant, uneducated D.I,93 (opp. bahussuta); III,252, 282; S.IV,242; It.59; Dh.152; Pug.20, 62; Dhs.1327. --harita having little or no grass S.I,169; Sn.p. 15 (= paritta-harita-tiṇa SnA 154). (Page 55)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appabhoti: {'def': '(Appahoti) see pahoti. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaccaya: {'def': '[a + paccaya] 1. (n.) discontent, dissatisfaction, dejection, sulkiness D.I,3 (= appatītā honti tena atuṭṭhā asomanassitā ti appacayo; domanass’etaṁ adhivacanaṁ DA.I,52); III,159; M.I,442; A.I,79, 124, 187; II,203; III,181 sq.; IV,168, 193; J.II,277; Sn.p. 92 (kapa + dosa + appacaya); Vv 83³¹ (= domanassaṁ VvA.343); SnA 423 (= appatītaṁ domanassaṁ). -- 2. (adj.) unconditioned Dhs.1084, 1437. (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】不高兴，闷闷不乐的样子。【形】没有因素。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】不满，闷闷不乐的样子。【形】没有因素。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appadhaŋsiya: {'def': '【形】不该违犯的。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Appadhaṁsa: {'def': '(adj.) [= appadhaṁsiya, Sk. apradhvaṁsya] not to be destroyed J.IV,344 (v. l. duppadhaṁsa). (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appadhaṁsika: {'def': '(& °iya) (adj.) [grd. of a + padhaṁseti] not to be violated or destroyed, inconquerable, indestructible D.III,175 (°ika, v. l. °iya); J.III,159 (°iya); VvA.208 (°iya); PvA.117 (°iya). Cp. appadhaṁsa. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '﹐Appadhaṁsiya(grd. of a + padhaṁseti),【形】不该违犯的(not to be violated or destroyed, inconquerable, indestructible)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appadhaṁsita: {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of a + padhaṁseti] not violated, unhurt, not offended Vin.IV,229. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaduṭṭha: {'def': '【形】不生气的，不腐烂的。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + paduṭṭha] not corrupt, faultless, of good behaviour Sn.662 (= padosâbhāvena a. SnA 478); Dh.137 (= niraparādha DhA.III,70). (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(a + paduṭṭha) ,【形】不生气的，不腐烂的(not corrupt, faultless, of good behaviour)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appagabbha: {'def': '(adj.) [a + pagabbha] unobtrusive, free from boldness, modest S.II,198 = Miln.389, Sn.144, 852 (cp. Nd¹ 228 & KhA 232); Dh.245. (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不骄傲的，不卤莽的。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】不骄傲的，不卤莽的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appaggha: {'def': '【形】无值的。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】无价值的，不值的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appahīna: {'def': '【形】未移动的，未破坏的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】未移动的，未破坏的。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + pahīna, pp. of pahāyati] not given up, not renounced M.I,386; It.56, 57; Nd² 70 D¹; Pug.12, 18. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaka: {'def': '(adj.) [appa + ka] little, small, trifling; pl. few. nt. °ṁ adv. a little D.II,4; A.V,232 sq., 253 sq.; Sn.909 (opp. bahu); Dh.85 (appakā = thokā na bahū DhA.II,160); Pv.I,10² (= paritta PvA.48); II,9³⁹; Pug.62; PvA.6, 60 (= paritta). f. appikā J.I,228. -- Instr. appakena by little, i. e. easily DA.I,256. --anappaka not little, i. e. much, considerable, great; pl. many S.IV,46; Dh.144; Pv.I,11⁷ (= bahū PvA.58); PvA.24, 25 (read anappake pi for T. °appakeci; so also KhA 208). (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appakiṇṇa: {'def': '【形】不拥挤的，安静的。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[appa + kiṇṇa, although in formation also = a + pakiṇṇa] little or not crowded, not overheaped A.V,15 (C. anākiṇṇa). (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不拥挤的，安静的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appakāra: {'def': '(adj.) [a + pakāra] not of natural form, of bad appearance, ugly, deformed J.V,69 (= sarīrappakāra-rahita dussaṇṭhāna C.). Cp. apākatika. (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appamatta: {'def': '【形】 (a + pamatta) 警醒的，小心的，注意的。 (appa +matta) 轻微的，微小的，无关重要的。 ~ka, 【中】琐事，少量，小事。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '2(a+pamatta, pp. of pamajjati‹ mad(梵mad / mand)使被发狂),【形】不放逸的(not negligent)。AA.7.79./IV,67.︰Appamattoti sati-avippavāse ṭhito.(不放逸︰住立於与(正)念不分离。) MA.7./I,180.︰Appamatto kammaṭṭhāne sati avijahanena. (不放逸︰於业处(正)念不放弃。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '¹ (adj.) [appa + matta] see appa. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² (adj.) [a + pamatta, pp. of pamadati] not negligent, i. e. diligent, careful, heedful, vigilant, alert, zealous M.I,391--92; S.I,4; Sn.223 (cp. KhA 169), 507, 779 (cp. Nd¹ 59); Dh.22 (cp. DhA.I,229); Th.2, 338 = upaṭṭhitasati Th.A 239). (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '1(appa + matta),【形】轻微的，微小的，无关重要的。appamattaka,【中】琐事，少量，小事。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appamaññati: {'def': '[appa + maññati] to think little of, to underrate, despise Dh.121 (= avajānāti DhA.III,16; v. l. avapamaññati). (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appamaññā: {'def': '【阴】无量心，即：慈、悲、喜、舍。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(a + pamaññā, abstr. fr. pamāṇa = Sk. *pramānya),【阴】无量心(catasso appamaññā四无量= cattāro brahmavihārā四梵住)，即：慈mettā、悲karuṇā、喜muditā、舍upekkhā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [a + pamaññā, abstr. fr. pamāṇa = Sk. *pramānya] boundlessness, infinitude, as psych. t. t. appl^d. in later books to the four varieties of philanthropy, viz. mettā karuṁā muditā upekkhā i. e. love, pity, sympathy, desinterestedness, and as such enum^d. at D.III,223 (q. v. for detailed ref. as to var. passages); Ps.I,84; Vbh.272 sq.; DhsA.195. By itself at Sn.507 (= mettajjhānasaṅkhātā a. SnA 417). See for further expl^n. Dhs.trsl. p. 66 and mettā. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appameyya: {'def': '【形】不可测量的。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + pameyya = Sk. aprameya, grd. of a + pra + mā] immeasurable, infinite, boundless M.I,386; S.V,400; A.I,266; Th.1, 1089 (an°); Pug.35; Miln.331; Sdhp.338. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不可测量的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appamāda: {'def': '(a+pamāda‹mad),【阳】不放逸。SA.6.15./I,223.(=DA.16./II,593.)：Appamādena sampādethāti sati-avippavāsena sabbakiccāni sampādeyyātha.(成就不放逸︰与(正)念不分离，於一切(时地)应该完全被做到。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[a + pamāda] thoughtfulness, carefulness, conscientiousness, watchfulness, vigilance, earnestness, zeal D.I,13 (: a. vuccati satiyā avippavāso DA.I,104); III,30, 104 sq., 112, 244, 248, 272; M.I,477 (°phala); S.I,25, 86, 158, 214; II,29, 132; IV,78 (°vihārin), 97, 125, 252 sq.; V,30 sq. (°sampadā), 41 sq., 91, 135, 240, 250, 308, 350; A.I,16, 50. (°adhigata); III,330, 364, 449; IV,28 (°gāravatā) 120 (°ṁ garu-karoti); V,21, 126 (kusalesu dhammesu); Sn.184, 264, 334 (= sati-avippavāsa-saṅkhāta a. SnA 339); It.16 (°ṁ pasaṁsanti puññakiriyāsu paṇḍitā), 74 (°vihārin); Dh.57 (°vihārin, cp. DhA.I,434); 327 (°rata = satiyā avippavāse abhirata DhA.IV,26); Dāvs II. 35; KhA 142. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】警戒，认真。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Appamāṇa: {'def': '﹐Appamāna,【形】1.无量的，无限的( “without measure”, immeasurable, endless, boundless, unlimited, unrestricted all-permeating)。2.无不同的，不相干的( “without difference”, irrelevant)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(freq. spelled appamāna) (adj.) [a + pamāṇa] 1. “without measure”, immeasurable, endless, boundless, unlimited, unrestricted all-permeating S.IV,186 (°cetaso); A.II,73; V,63; Sn.507 (mettaṁ cittaṁ bhāvayaṁ appāmāṇaṁ = anavasesa-pharaṇena SnA 417; cp. appamaññā); It.21 (mettā), 78; J.II,61; Ps.II,126 sq.; Vbh.16, 24, 49, 62, 326 sq.; Dhs.182, 1021, 1024, 1405; DhsA.45, 196 (°gocara, cp. anantagocara). See also on term Dhs.trsl. 60. -- 2. “without difference”, irrelevant, in general (in commentary style) J.I,165; II,323. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】无量的，无限的。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Appamāṇasubha: {'def': 'm. [BSk. Apramāṇaśubha] 無量浄 [天].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'm. [BSk. Apramāṇaśubha] 無量淨 [天].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

Appamāṇābha: {'def': 'm. [BSk. Apramāṇābha] 無量光 [天].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': 'm. [BSk. Apramāṇābha] 無量光 [天].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}

Appanā: {'def': '(f.) [cp. Sk. arpaṇa, abstr. fr. appeti = arpayati from of ṛ, to fix, turn, direct one’s mind; see appeti] application (of mind), ecstasy, fixing of thought on an object, conception (as psychol. t. t.) J.II,61 (°patta); Miln.62 (of vitakka); Dhs.7, 21, 298; Vism.144 (°samādhi); DhsA.55, 142 (def. by Bdhg. as “ekaggaṁ cittaṁ ārammaṇe appeti”), 214 (°jhāna). See on term Cpd. pp. 56 sq., 68, 129, 215; Dhs.trsl. XXVIII, 10, 53, 82, 347. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '﹐安止(定)。《广释》(Vibhv.CS:p.258)：Sampayuttadhammehi ārammaṇe appento viya pavattatīti vitakko appanā.(安止(定)：在已固定在相应诸法的所缘上如转起‘寻’，为安止。)可知，‘寻’是达到安止(定)的重要关键。Rūpa-arūpa-lokuttara-magga-phala-anurūpa-samatha-vipassana-bhāvanā-citta-abhinīharaṇa-anurūpato, appanāya vīthi appanāvīthi.((与)色界无色界出世间道、果一致，与热切的奢摩他、毘钵舍那修习心一致，安止的心路，为安止心路。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appasamārambha: {'def': '【形】小麻烦的。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】小麻烦的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appasanna: {'def': '(a不+pasanna已明亮的)﹐尚未明亮的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】 1. 得罪。 2. 不信的。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】1.得罪。2.不信的、没有信心的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appasattha: {'def': '【形】(appa+sattha = 旅行队:) 有很少同伴或共事者的。(a+pasattha:), 不被称赞的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】 (appa + sattha = 旅行队:) 有很少同伴或共事者的。(a + pasattha:), 不被称赞的。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Appassaka: {'def': '【形】持有一点点，贫穷的。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】持有一点点，贫穷的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appassāda: {'def': '【形】小快乐的。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】小快乐的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'see appa. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appasāda: {'def': '【阳】不快乐，不喜欢。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】不快乐，不喜欢。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'see pasāda. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appatihata: {'def': 'appaṭihata, 【形】未重击的，不阻隔的。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'appaṭihata,【形】未重击的，不阻隔的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appatikiṭṭha: {'def': '【形】不轻视的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】不轻视的。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Appatissa: {'def': 'apptissava, 【形】不易教化的，造反的。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'Appṭissa(a + paṭi + su(梵wru, wrus)听到),【形】不易教化的，造反的(not docile, rebellious)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(& appaṭissa) (adj.) [a + paṭi + śru] not docile, rebellious, always in comb^n. with agārava A.II,20; III,7 sq., 14 sq., 247, 439. Appatissa-vāsa an unruly state, anarchy J.II,352. See also paṭissā. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appatiṭṭha: {'def': '(a + patiṭṭha),【形】1.没有立足点的，无助的(not standing still, without a footing or ground to stand on, bottomless)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】没有立足点的，无助的。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + patiṭṭha] 1. not standing still S.I,1. -- 2. without a footing or ground to stand on, bottomless Sn.173. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appatīta: {'def': '(a + patīta, of prati + i, Sk. pratīta),【形】得罪，冒犯，惹怒。Pārā.III,168 (CS:Pārā.pg.257)︰Appatītoti tena ca kopena, tena ca dosena, tāya ca anattamanatāya, tāya ca anabhiraddhiyā appatīto hoti.(不满︰以脾气暴躁、以瞋恚、以不满意、以不满足，为不满。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + patīta, of prati + i, Sk. pratīta] dissatisfied, displeased, disappointed (cp. appaccaya) J.V,103 (at this passage preferably to be read with v. l. as appatika = without husband, C. expl^s. assāmika), 155 (cp. C. on p. 156); DA.I,52; SnA 423. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】得罪，冒犯，惹怒。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Appavatti: {'def': '【阴】非持续，非存在。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】非持续，非存在。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appavattā: {'def': '(f.) [a + pavattā] the state of not going on, the stop (to all that), the non-continuance (of all that) Th.1, 767; Miln.326. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaṇihita: {'def': '(adj.) [a + paṇihita] aimless, not bent on anything, free from desire, usually as nt. aimlessness, comb^d. w. animittaṁ Vin.III,92, 93 = IV.25; Dhs.351, 508, 556. See on term Cpd. 67; Dhs.trsl. 93, 143 & cp. paṇihita. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】无欲望的。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(a+paṇihita),【形】【中】无欲望的，无愿的(毫无贪瞋痴的渴望)(aimless, not bent on anything, free from desire)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appaṇā: {'def': 'appanā(‹ī+āpe+ana, ā取代ī，p成为pp，即ā+pp+ana= appanā(ā在pp的前面变成a；cp. Sk. arpaṇa‹ri, abstr. fr. appeti = arpayati from of r, to fix, turn, direct one’s mind)﹐【阴】安止，把心固定在一个对象(application (of mind), ecstasy, fixing of thought on an object, conception )。appanā-samādhi，安止定(已得禅那，具有五禅支)、根本定。Vibhv.PTS:p.197︰Mahaggatabhāvappattā appanābhāvanā nāma appanāsaṅkhātavitakkapamukhattā.(CS:p.258) Sampayuttadhammehi ārammaṇe appento viya pavattatīti vitakko appanā. Tathā hi so “appanā byappanā”ti (dha.sa.7) niddiṭṭho. Tappamukhatāvasena pana sabbepi mahaggatānuttarajhānadhammā “appanā”ti vuccanti.(达到广大的状态，称为安止修习，以‘寻’为首的所谓的安止。在已固定在相应诸法的所缘上如转起‘寻’，为安止。而它已定义为安止(appanā)、极安止(byappanā=vyappanā‹vi+appanā)。於‘寻’为首的一切广大、出世间禅法，称为安止。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】入定。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Appaṭibaddha: {'def': '【形】不连接的，不依靠的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】不连接的。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Appaṭibhāga: {'def': '(adj) [a + paṭibhāga] not having a counterpart, unequalled, incomparable DhA.I,423 (= anuttara). (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaṭibhāṇa: {'def': '【形】使迷惑的，使不知所措的，使昏乱的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】使迷惑的，使不知所措的，使昏乱的。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + paṭibhāṇa] not answering back, bewildered, cowed down Vin.III,162; A.III,57; °ṁ karoti to intimidate, bewilder J.V,238, 369. (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaṭicchavi: {'def': '(adj.) at Pv.II,1¹³ is faulty reading for sampatitacchavi (v. l.). (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaṭigandhika: {'def': '& °iya (adj.) [a + paṭi + gandha + ika] not smelling disagreeable, i. e. with beautiful smell, scented, odorous J.V,405 (°ika, but C. °iya; expl^d. by sugandhena udakena samannāgata); VI,518; Pv.II,1²⁰; III,2²⁶. (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaṭigha: {'def': '【形】不妨害的，没有忿怒，没有反击，无对(阿毘达摩用语)。【阳】【中】没有反击。【反】sappaṭigha﹐有对。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + paṭigha] (a) not forming an obstacle, not injuring, unobstructive Sn.42 (see expl^d. at Nd² 239; SnA 88 expl^s. “katthaci satte vā saṅkhāre vā bhayena na paṭihaññatī ti a.”). -- (b) psychol. t. t. appl^d. to rūpa: not reacting or impinging (opp. sappaṭigha) D.III,217; Dhs.660, 756, 1090, 1443. (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不妨害的，没有忿怒。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Appaṭikkhippa: {'def': '(adj.) [a + paṭikkhippa, grd. of paṭikkhipati] not to be refused J.II,370. (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaṭikopeti: {'def': '[a + paṭikopeti] not to disturb, shake or break (fig.) J.V,173 (uposathaṁ). (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaṭikārika: {'def': '(adj.) [a + paṭikārika] “not providing against”, i. e. not making good, not making amends for, destructive J.V,418 (spelling here & in C. appati°). (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaṭima: {'def': '【形】无比的。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + paṭima fr. prep. paṭi but cp. Vedic apratimāna fr. prati + mā] matchless, incomparable, invaluable Th.1, 614; Miln.239. (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】无比的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appaṭinissagga: {'def': '【阳】不放弃。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】不放弃。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Appaṭipuggala: {'def': '【阳】无敌的人。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】无比肩者，无等伦者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appaṭisama: {'def': '(adj.) [a + paṭi = sama; cp. BSk. apratisama M Vastu I.104] not having it’s equal, incomparable J.I,94 (Baddha-sirī). (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaṭisandhika: {'def': '【形】1.不会再生的。2.无法修好的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(and °iya) (adj.) [a + paṭisandhi + ka (ya)] 1. what cannot be put together again, unmendable, irreparable (°iya) Pv.I,12⁹ (= puna pākatiko na hoti PvA.66) = J.III,167 (= paṭipākatiko kātuṁ na sakkā C.). ‹-› 2. incapable of reunion, not subject to reunion, i. e. to rebirth J.V,100 (°bhāva). (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】1. 不会再生的。 2. 无法修好的。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Appaṭisaṅkhā: {'def': '(f.) [a + paṭisaṅkhā] want of judgment Pug.21 = Dhs.1346. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaṭissavatā: {'def': '(f.) [a + paṭissavatā] want of deference Pug.20 = Dhs.1325. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaṭivattiya: {'def': '【形】不倒退的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + paṭi + vattiya = vṛtya, grd. or vṛt] (a) not to be rolled back Sn.554 (of dhammacakka, may however be taken in meaning of b.). -- (b) irresistable J.II,245 (sīhanada). Note. The spelling with ṭ is only found as v. l. at J.II,245; otherwise as t. (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不倒退的。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Appaṭivedha: {'def': '(a+paṭi+vyadhī)﹐不通达，不知。Appaṭivedhāti appaṭivijjhanena apaccakkhakiriyāya.(不贯通、不明白)(AA.4.1.))', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appaṭivekkhiya: {'def': '[ger. of a + paṭi + avekkhati] not observing or noticing J.IV,4 (= apaccavekkhitvā anavekkhitvā C.). (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaṭivibhatta: {'def': '(°bhogin) (adj.) [a + paṭi + vibhatta] (not eating) without sharing with others (with omission of another negative: see Trenckner, Miln.p. 429, where also Bdhgh’s expl^n.) A III289; Miln.373; cp. Miln.trsl. II.292. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaṭividdha: {'def': '(adj.) [a + paṭi + viddha] “not shot through” i. e. unhurt J.VI,446. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】未达到的，未了解的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】未达到的，未了解的。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Appaṭivāna: {'def': '【形】不畏缩的。~vānī,【阳】热心的人。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】不畏缩的。appaṭivānī,【阳】热心的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appaṭivāṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [a + paṭivāṇa, for °vrāṇa, the guṇa-form of vṛ, cp. Sk. prativāraṇa] non-obstruction, not hindering, not opposing or contradicting A.I,50; III,41; V,93 sq.; adj. J.I,326. (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaṭivāṇitā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. from (ap)paṭivāṇa] not being hindered, non-obstruction, free effort; only in phrase “asantuṭṭhitā ca kusalesu dhammesu appaṭivāṇitā ca padhānasmiṁ” (discontent with good states and the not shrinking back in the struggle Dhs.trsl. 358) A.I,50, 95 = D.III,214 = Dhs.1367. (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaṭivāṇī: {'def': '(f.) [almost identical w. appaṭivāṇitā, only used in diff. phrase] non-hindrance, non-restriction, free action, impulsive effort; only in stock phrase chando vāyāmo ussāho ussoḷhī appaṭivāṇī S.II,132; V,440; A.II,93, 195; III,307 sq.; IV,320; Nd² under chanda C. [cp. similarly Divy 654]. (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaṭivāṇīya: {'def': '(adj.) [grd. of a + paṭi + vṛ; cp. BSk. aprativāṇiḥ Divy 655; M Vastu III,343] not to be obstructed, irresistible S.I,212 (appl^d. to Nibbāna; Mrs. Rh. D. Kindred S. p. 274 trsls. “that source from whence there is no turning back”), Th.2, 55. (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appaṭi°: {'def': '[a + paṭi°] see in general under paṭi°. (Page 56)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appekadā: {'def': '(adv.) see api 2 a^x. (Page 58)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【副】(api+ekadā), 有时。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【副】 (api + ekadā), 有时。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Appesakka: {'def': '【形】小影响力。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】小影响力。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Appesakkha: {'def': '(adj.) [Acc. to Childers = Sk. *alpa + īśa + ākhya, the latter fr. ā + khyā “being called lord of little”; Trenckner on Miln.65 (see p. 422) says: “appesakkha & mahesakkha are traditionally expl^d. appaparivāra & mahāparivāra, the former, I suppose, from appe & sakkha (Sk. sākhya), the latter an imitation of it”. Thus the etym. would be “having little association or friendship” and resemble the term appasattha. The BSk. forms are alpeśākhya & maheśākhya, e. g. at Av. Ś II. 153; Divy 243] of little power, weak, impotent S.II,229; Miln.65; Sdhp.89. (Page 58)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appeti: {'def': '(ap+e), 应用，固定。appesi,【过】。appenta﹐【现分】已固定。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ap + e), 应用，固定。 appesi, 【过】。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Vedic arpayati, Caus. of ṛ, ṛṇoti & ṛcchati (cp. icchati²), Idg. *ar (to insert or put together, cp. also *er under aṇṇava) to which belong Sk. ara spoke of a wheel; Gr. a)rariζkw to put together, a(ρma chariot, a)ρqron limb, a)retή virtue; Lat. arma = E. arms (i. e. weapon), artus fixed, tight, also limb, ars = art. For further connections see aṇṇava] 1. (*er) to move forward, rush on, run into (of river) Vin.II,238; Miln.70. -- 2. (*ar) to fit in, fix, apply, insert, put on to (lit. & fig.) Vin.II,136, 137; J.III,34 (nimba-sūlasmiṁ to impale, C. āvuṇāti); VI,17 (T. sūlasmiṁ acceti, vv. ll. abbeti = appeti & upeti, C. āvuṇati); Miln.62 (dāruṁ sandhismiṁ); VvA.110 (saññāṇaṁ). Cp. Trenckner, Notes 64 n. 19, who defends reading abbeti at T. passages. (Page 58)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appeva: {'def': 'appeva nāma,【无】如果…就好，如果…就行。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'appeva nāma,【无】如果…就好，如果…就行。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Apphoṭeti: {'def': '(ā + phuṭ + e), 捻拇指，弹指，鼓掌。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ā+phuṭ+e), 捻拇指，弹指，鼓掌。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + phoṭeti, sphuṭ] to snap the fingers or clap the hands (as sign of pleasure) Miln.13, 20. pp. apphoṭita. (Page 58)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apphoṭita: {'def': '[pp. of apphoṭeti] having snapped one’s fingers or clapped one’s hands J.II,311 (°kāle). (Page 58)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Apphoṭeti的【过分】), 已鼓掌。【中】鼓掌。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Apphoṭā: {'def': '(f.) [fr. appoṭeti to blossom] N. of a kind of Jasmine J.VI,336. (Page 58)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(‹appoṭeti to blossom),【阴】一种茉莉花(Jasmine J VI.336)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Apphuta: {'def': '(& apphuṭa) [Sk. *ā-sphṛta for a-sphārita pp. of sphar, cp. phurati; phuṭa & also phusati] untouched, unpervaded, not penetrated. D.I,74 = M.I,276 (pītisukhena). (Page 58)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apphuṭa: {'def': 'Apphuta,【形】不触及，不弥漫的(untouched, unpervaded, not penetrated)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】不弥漫的。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Appiccha: {'def': '(appa少+iccha欲),【形】少欲(=无欲，或少掉欲望)。appicchatā,【阴】少欲。少欲：Appicchoti santaguṇaniguhanatā, paccayapaṭiggahaṇe ca mattaññutā, etaṁ appicchalakkhaṇanti iminā lakkhaṇena samannāgato.(少欲：冷静、内敛，接受(既有的)资具，(饮食)知量，那少欲的特徵，具足这些特徵。) SA.2.29.︰Appicchoti icchāvirahito ni-iccho nittaṇho.(少欲：空欲、无欲、无欲望。) Ettha hi byañjanaṁ sāvasesaṁ viya, attho pana niravaseso.(此处标示并不完全的，义理尚未完全括曩) Na hi tassa anto aṇumattāpi pāpikā icchā nāma atthi.(他的内部没有一丁点的恶欲) Khīṇāsavo hesa sabbaso pahīnataṇho.(那个人确实漏尽，断除一切渴爱) Apicettha atricchatā pāpicchatā mahicchatā appicchatāti ayaṁ bhedo veditabbo.(也没有过度的贪、恶欲、邪欲，这裂解应被知。) (MA.24.)CS:p.2.45) Appicchassāti ettha paccayappiccho, adhigamappiccho, pariyatti-appiccho, dhutaṅgappicchoti cattāro appicchā.(少欲︰此处：1.资具少欲(即多给少拿，少给更少拿，但不是一无所有)；2.证得(禅那而)少欲；3.经教少欲；4.(保持)头陀少欲，四种少欲。)(AA.8.30.)。alpêcchā-saṃtusṭi, alpêcchatā, alpêcchuh saṃtusṭah,【梵】少欲知足。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】容易满足，少欲。 ~tā, 【阴】知足。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [appa + iccha from iṣ, cp. icchā] desiring little or nothing, easily satisfied, unassuming, contented, unpretentious S.I,63, 65; A.III,432; IV,2, 218 sq., 229; V,124 sq., 130, 154, 167; Sn.628, 707; Dh.404; Pv IV.7³; Pug.70. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appicchatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. prec.] contentment, being satisfied with little, unostentatiousness Vin.III,21; D.III,115; M.I,13; S II 202, 208 sq.; A.I,12, 16 sq.; III,219 sq., 448; IV,218, 280 (opp. mahicchatā); Miln.242; SnA 494 (catubbidhā, viz. paccaya-dhutaṅga-pariyatti-adhigama-vasena); PvA.73. As one of the 5 dhutaṅga-dhammā at Vism.81. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appikā: {'def': '(f.) of appaka. (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appita: {'def': '(appeti 的【过分】), 已应用。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(appeti 的【过分】；cp. BSk. arpita), 已应用、已集中(fixed, applied, concentrated (mind))。2.带到、固定在(brought to, put to, fixed on J.VI.78 (maraṇamukhe))。visappita, 毒箭(an arrow to which) poison (is) applied, so read for visap(p)īta at J.V.36 & Vism.303)。byappitā(‹ vi+appitā已集中), (心)已很集中。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of appeti, cp. BSk. arpita, e. g. prītyarpitaṁ cakṣuḥ Jtm 31⁶⁹] 1. fixed, applied, concentrated (mind) Miln.415 (mānasa) Sdhp.233 (citta). -- 2. brought to, put to, fixed on J.VI,78 (maraṇamukhe); visappita (an arrow to which) poison (is) applied, so read for visap(p)īta at J.V,36 & Vism.303. (Page 58)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appiya: {'def': '& Appiyatā see piya etc. (Page 58)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不喜的，不合意的。D.22./II,306.︰“Katamo ca, bhikkhave, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho? Idha yassa te honti aniṭṭhā akantā amanāpā rūpā saddā gandhā rasā phoṭṭhabbā dhammā, ye vā panassa te honti anatthakāmā ahitakāmā aphāsukakāmā ayogakkhemakāmā, yā tehi saddhiṁ saṅgati samāgamo samodhānaṁ missībhāvo, ayaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, appiyehi sampayogo dukkho.(然，诸比丘！什么是‘怨憎会苦’呢？於此，凡是不可喜的、不愉快的、不合意的色(n.)、声(m.)、香(m.)、味(m.)、触(n.)、法(m.n.)；或者凡是无益的欲、无利的欲、麻烦的欲、无从执著中释放的欲，和合、集合、联合、会合。诸比丘！这称为‘怨憎会苦’。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】不愉快的，不合意的。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Appodaka: {'def': 'see appa. (Page 58)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appossukka: {'def': '【形】不关心，生活悠闲(unconcerned, living at ease, careless, “not bothering”, keeping still, inactive；in stock phrase appossukka tuṇhībhūta saṅkasāya “living at ease, given to silence, resigned); Th 2, 457 (= nirussukka ThA 282); Sn 43 (= abyāvaṭa anapekkha Nd2 72); Dh 330 (= nirālaya DhA IV.31); J I.197; IV.71; Miln 371 (a. tiṭṭhati to keep still); DA I.264.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [appa + ussuka, Sk. alpotsuka, e. g. Lal.V, 509; Divy 41, 57, 86, 159. It is not necessary to assume a hypothetic form of *autsukya as der. fr. ussuka] unconcerned, living at ease, careless, “not bothering”, keeping still, inactive Vin.II,188; M.III,175, 176; S I 202 (in stock phrase appossukka tuṇhībhūta saṅkasāya “living at ease, given to silence, resigned” Mrs. Rh. D. Dhs.trsl. 258, see also J.P.T.S. 1909, 22); II, 177 (id.); IV,178 (id.); Th.2, 457 (= nirussukka ThA.282); Sn.43 (= abyāvaṭa anapekkha Nd² 72); Dh.330 (= nirālaya DhA.IV,31); J.I,197; IV,71; Miln.371 (a. tiṭṭhati to keep still); DA.I,264. (Page 58)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不活动的。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Appossukkatā: {'def': '【阴】不活跃、勉强(inaction, reluctance, carelessness, indifference.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. prec.] inaction, reluctance, carelessness, indifference Vin.I,5; D.II,36; Miln.232; DhA.II,15. (Page 58)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appoti: {'def': '[the contracted form of āpnoti, usually pāpuṇāti, fr. āp] to attain, reach, get Vism.350 (in etym. of āpo). (Page 58)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Appāhāra: {'def': '(a不+pahāra殴打，打击),【阳】不殴打，不打击，悠悠。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appātaṅka: {'def': '【形】无病的。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】无病的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Appāṇaka: {'def': '【形】 1. 无息气的。 2. 不包含昆虫的。(p29)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(a+pāṇaka),【形】1.无息气的。2.不包含昆虫的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + pāṇa + ka] breathless, i. e. (1) holding one’s breath in a form of ecstatic meditation (jhāna) M.I,243; J.I,67 [cp. BSk. āsphānaka Lal.V,314, 324; M Vastu II.124; should the Pāli form be taken as *a + prāṇaka?]. (2) not holding anything breathing, i. e. inanimate, lifeless, not containing life Sn.p. 15 (of water). (Page 57)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apuccaṇḍatā: {'def': '(f.) [a + pūti + aṇḍa + tā] “not being a rotten egg,” i. e. normal state, healthy birth, soundness M.I,357. (Page 55)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apuccha: {'def': '(adj.) [a + pucchā] “not a question”, i. e. not to be asked Miln.316. (Page 55)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apurakkharāna: {'def': '(a+purah),【现分】无希望。直译：无放置在面前。Apurakkharānoti vaṭṭaṁ purato akurumāno.‘无放置在面前’即面前无正在做回转。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Apuññābhisaṅkhāra: {'def': '﹐【阳】非福行。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Apābhata: {'def': '[pp. of apa + ā + bhṛ cp. Vedic apa-bharati, but Lat. aufero to ava°] taken away, stolen J.III,54. (Page 54)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apācī: {'def': '【阴】南方。(p27)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】南方。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Apācīna: {'def': '【形】向西的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】向西的。(p27)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [Vedic apācīna; cp. apācaḥ & apāka, western; to Lat. opācus, orig. turned away (from the east or the sun) i. e. opposite, dark] westerly, backward, below S.III,84; It.120 (apācīnaṁ used as adv. and taking here the place of adho in comb^n. with uddhaṁ tiriyaṁ; the reading is a conjecture of Windisch’s, the vv. ll. are apācinaṁ; apācini, apāci & apāminaṁ, C. expl^s. by heṭṭhā). (Page 53)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apāda: {'def': 'apādaka, 【形】无足的，爬行的，匍匐的。(p27)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(?) [apa + ā + dā] giving away in marriage J.IV, 179 (in expl^n. of anāpāda unmarried; reading should prob. be āpāda = pariggaha). (Page 54)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'apādaka,【形】无足的，爬行的，匍匐的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Apādaka: {'def': '(adj.) [a + pāda + ka] not having feet, footless, creeping, Ep. of snakes & fishes Vin.II,110 = J.II,146 (where see expl^n.). Spelt apada(ka) at It.87 (v. l. apāda). (Page 54)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apādāna: {'def': '【中】分离，离格。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】分离，离格。(p27)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Apāhata: {'def': '[pp. of apa + hṛ] driven off or back, refuted, refused Sn.826 (°smiṁ = apasādite vade SnA 541). (Page 54)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apākatika: {'def': '(adj.) [a + pākata + ika] not in proper or natural shape, out of order, disturbed DhA.II,7. Cp. appakāra. (Page 53)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apākaṭa: {'def': '【形】潜伏的(latent)，不明的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】未知的。(p27)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Apākaṭatā: {'def': '(f.) [a + pākaṭa + tā] unfitness Miln.232 (v. l. apākatatta perhaps better). (Page 53)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apālamba: {'def': '【阳】(马车的)靠背。S.1.46./I,33.︰Hirī tassa apālambo.(惭为彼靠背)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[“a Vedic term for the hinder part of a carriage” Morris J P T S. 1886, 128; the “Vedic” unidentified] a mechanism to stop a chariot, a safe guard “to prevent warriors from falling out” (C.) S.I,33 (Mrs Rh. D. trsl. “leaning board”); J.VI,252 (v. l. upā°; Kern trsl. “remhout”, i. e. brake). (Page 54)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】（马车的）靠背。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Apāna: {'def': '(nt.) breathing out, respiration (so Ch.; no ref. in P. Cauon?) On Prāṇa & Apāna see G. W. Brown in J. Am. Or. Soc. 39, 1919 pp. 104--112. See ānāpāna. (Page 54)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apānakatta: {'def': '(nt.) [a + pānaka + ttaṁ] “waterless state”, living without drinking water J.V,243. (Page 54)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apāpaka: {'def': '(adj.) [a + pāpaka] guiltless, innocent f. °ikā Vv 31⁴; 32⁶. (Page 54)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apāpata: {'def': '(adj.) [apa + ā + pata] falling down into (c. Acc.) J.IV,234 (aggiṁ). (Page 54)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apāpurana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. apāpurati] a key (to a door) Vin.I,80; III,119; M.III,127. See also avāpuraṇa. (Page 54)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apāpurati: {'def': 'Avāpurati (apa + ā + pur + a), 打开。(p27)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'Avāpurati (apa+ā+pur+a), 打开。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '& Apāpuṇati [Sk. apāvṛṇoti, apa + ā + vṛ, but Vedic only apa-vṛṇoti corresponding to Lat. aperio = *apa-ǔerio. On form see Trenckner, Notes 63] to open (a door) Vin.I,5 (apāpur’etaṁ Amatassa dvāraṁ: imper.; where id. p. S.I,137 has avāpur°, T., but v. l. apāpur°); Vv 64²⁷ (apāpuranto Amatassa dvāraṁ, expl^d. at VvA.284 by vivaranto); It.80 (apāvuṇanti A. dv. as T. conj., with v. l. apānuṁanti, apāpurenti & apāpuranti). -- pp. apāruta (q. v.). -- Pass. apāpurīyati [cp. BSk. apāvurīyati M Vastu II.158] to be opened M.III,184 (v. l. avā°); J.I,63 (avā°); Th.2, 494 (apāpuṇitvā). See also avāpurati. (Page 54)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apāpuraṇa: {'def': 'avāpuraṇa(=kuñcika),【中】钥匙。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'avāpuraṇa, 【中】钥匙。(p27)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Apāra: {'def': '【形】无限的，没有对岸,【中】近岸。apāraneyya,不达彼岸，难到达的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [a + pāra] 1. the near bank of a river J.III,230 (+ atiṇṇaṁ, C. paratīraṁ atiṇṇaṁ). -- 2. (fig.) not the further shore (of life), the world here, i.e. (opp. pāraṁ = Nibbāna) Sn.1129, 1130; Nd² 62; Dh.385 (expl^d. as bāhirāni cha āyatanāni DhA.IV,141). See pāra & cp. avara. (Page 54)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】无限的，没有对岸, 【中】近岸。 ~neyya, 不达彼岸，难到达的。(p27)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Apāraṇeyya: {'def': '(adj.) [grd. of paraneti + a°] that which cannot be achieved, unattainable J.VI,36 (= apāpetabba). (Page 54)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apāruta: {'def': '【形】开的，脱光的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】开的。(p28)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Sk. apāvṛta, pp. of apāpurati] open (of a door) Vin.I,7 = M.I,169 (apārutā tesaṁ Amatassa dvārā); D.I,136 (= vivaṭa-dvāra DA.I,297); J.I,264 (°dvāra). (Page 54)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apāya: {'def': '[Sk. apāya, fr. apa + i, cp. apeti] “going away” viz. -- 1. separation, loss Dh.211 (piya° = viyoga DhA.III,276). -- 2. loss (of property) D.III,181, 182; A.II,166; IV,283; J.III,387 (atth°). -- 3. leakage, out flow (of water) D.I,74; A.II,166; IV,287. -- 4. lapse, falling away (in conduct) D.I,100. -- 5. a transient state of loss and woe after death. Four such states are specified purgatory (niraya), rebirth as an animal, or as a ghost, or as a Titan (Asura). Analogous expressions are vinipāta & duggati. All combined at D.I,82; III,111; A.I,55; It.12, 73; Nd² under kāya; & freq. elsewhere. -- apāyaduggativinipāta as attr. of saṁsāra S.II,92, 232; IV,158, 313; V,342; opp. to khīṇâpāya-duggati-vinipāta of an Arahant A.IV,405; V,182 sq. -- See also foll. pass.: M.III,25 (anapāya); Sn.231; Th.2, 63; J.IV,299; Pug.51; VvA.118 (opp. sugati); PvA.103; Sdhp.43, 75 & cp. niraya, duggati, vinipāta.

--gāmin going to ruin or leading to a state of suffering DhA.III,175; cp. °gamanīya id. Ps. I.94, °gamanīyatā J.IV,499. --mukha “facing ruin”, leading to destruction (= vināsa-mukha DA.I,268), usually as nt. “cause of ruin” D.I,101 (cattāri apāya mukhāni); III,181, 182 (cha bhogānaṁ a° --mukhāni, i. e. causes of the loss of one’s possessions); A.II,166; IV,283, 287. --samudda the ocean of distress DhA III 432. --sahāya a spendthrift companion D.III,185. (Page 54)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】地狱，苦途，过失，损失。 ~gāmī, 【形】恶趣，苦趣。~mukha, 【中】毁灭的因素。 ~sahāya, 【阳】挥霍的朋友。(p27)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(Sk.apāya‹apa离+i去), “going away”。【阳】1.分离(separation, loss)。2.损失(loss (of property))。3.漏出(leakage, out flow (of water))。 4.过失(lapse, falling away (in conduct))。5.地狱，苦途(a transient state of loss and woe after death)。apāyagāmī,【形】恶趣，苦趣。apāyamukha,【中】出口(outlet)。apāyabhūmi，恶趣(恶处之地，state of deprivation)。apāyasahāya,【阳】挥霍的朋友。apāyadukkhaṁ, apāyadukkhāni,【中】(诸)分别离苦。Dṭ.15.(CS:p.2.91)：Apāyāti avaḍḍhitā, sukhena, sukhahetunā vā virahitāti attho.(离去(福乐)处︰无福利，无快乐，无快乐的因之意。) Vism.427.：Apāyanti evamādi sabbaṁ nirayavevacanameva. Nirayo hi saggamokkhahetubhūtā puññasammatā ayā apetattā, sukhānaṁ vā āyassa abhāvā apāyo. Dukkhassa gati paṭisaraṇanti duggati, dosabahulatāya vā duṭṭhena kammunā nibbattā gatīti duggati. Vivasā nipatanti ettha dukkaṭakārinoti vinipāto. Vinassantā vā ettha patanti saṁbhijjamānaṅgapaccaṅgātipi vinipāto. Natthi ettha assādasaññito ayoti nirayo. Atha vā apāyaggahaṇena tiracchānayoniṁ dīpeti. Tiracchānayoni hi apāyo sugatito apetattā, na duggati mahesakkhānaṁ nāgarājādīnaṁ sambhavato. Duggatiggahaṇena pettivisayaṁ. So hi apāyo ceva duggati ca, sugatito apetattā dukkhassa ca gatibhūtattā. Na tu vinipāto asurasadisaṁ avinipatitattā. Vinipātaggahaṇena asurakāyaṁ. So hi yathāvuttena atthena apāyo ceva duggati ca sabbasamussayehi ca vinipatitattā vinipātoti vuccati.(「苦界」等几个字都是地狱的异名。因为地狱无得天与解脱的因缘及缺乏福德之故，或因不受诸乐之故为「苦界」。因为是苦的趣──即苦的依处故为「恶趣」；或由多瞋及恶业而生的趣为「恶趣」。因为作恶者不愿意而堕的地方故为「堕处」(落难处)；或因灭亡之人破坏了四肢五体而堕於此处故为「堕处」。因为这里是毫无快乐利益可说的，故为「地狱」。或以苦界一语说为畜界，因为畜界不是善趣故为苦界，又因有大威势故龙王等亦生其中故非恶趣。以「恶趣」一语说为饿鬼界，因为他不是善趣及生於苦趣，故为苦界及恶趣，但不是堕趣，因为不如阿修罗的堕趣之故。以「堕趣」一语说为阿修罗，因依上面所说之义，他为苦界及恶趣，并且因为弃了幸福而堕其处故为堕趣。)DA.16./II,544(CS:p.2.134)：「地狱，实是所谓的不从何处(去来)(=无自由)，无增长，是‘离去(福乐)处’。依靠苦的趣，为‘苦趣’。那些犯错者，他们跌入无法控制的地方，为‘落难处’。」(Nirayādayo hi vaḍḍhisaṅkhātato ayato apetattā apāyā. Dukkhassa gati paṭisaraṇanti duggati. Ye dukkaṭakārino, te ettha vivasā nipatantīti vinipātā.)(离去(福乐)处、苦趣、落难处都是地狱的同义词。) (Dhātumālā语法论, CS:p.144)︰pāyoti ca nirayo tiracchānayoni pettivisayo asurakāyoti cattāro apāyā.(地狱、畜生、饿鬼、阿修罗，即为四恶趣)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Apāya-bhūmi: {'def': '恶趣(PS:apāya-bhūmi--恶趣, 恶处之地; duggati--恶道)', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}

Apāya-mukha: {'def': '堕恶趣行,堕恶趣法(PS:mukha--入口)', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}

Apāyika: {'def': '(adj.) [also as āpāyika (q. v.); fr. apāya] belonging to the apāyas or states of misery D.I,103; III,6, 9, 12; It.42; PvA.60 (dukkha). (Page 54)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apāyin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. apāya] going away J.I,163 (aḍḍharattāv’apāyin = aḍḍharatte apāyin C.). --an° not going away, i. e. constantly following (chāyā anapāyinī, the shadow) Dh.2; Th.1, 1041; Miln.72. (Page 54)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apāṅga: {'def': '【阳】眼角。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】眼角。(p27)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Apāṇa: {'def': '【中】呼出。(p27)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】呼出。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Apāṭubha: {'def': '(adj.) [a + pātu + bha (?), at the only passage changed by Morris J. P. T. S. 1893, 7 to apāṭuka but without reason] = apāṭuka, i. e. sly, fraudulent J.IV,184 (in context with nekatika; C. expl^s. apāṭubhāva dhanuppāda-virahita, in which latter virahita does not fit in; the pass. seems corrupt). (Page 53)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Apāṭuka: {'def': '(adj.) [a + pātu + ka (?), Acc. to Morris J.P.T.S. 1893, 7 der. fr. apaṭu not sharp, blunt, uncouth. This is hardly correct. See pātur] not open, sly, insidious Th.1, 940 (as v. l. for T. avāṭuka, trsl. by Mrs. Rh. D. as “unscrupulous”, by Neumann as “ohne Redlichkeit”). Context suggests a meaning similar to the preceding nekatika, i. e. fraudulent. See also next. (Page 53)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ara: {'def': '[Vedic ara fr. ṛ, ṛṇoti; see etym. under appeti & cp. more esp. Lat. artus limb, Gr. a(ρma chariot, also P. aṇṇava) the spoke of a wheel D.II,17 (sahass’âra adj. with thousand spokes), cp. Miln.285; J.IV,209; VI,261; Miln.238; DhA.II,142; VvA.106 (in allegorical etym. of arahant = saṁsāra-cakkassa arānaṁ hatattā “breaker of the spokes of the wheel of transmigration”) = PvA.7 (has saṁsāra-vaṭṭassa); VvA.277. (Page 76)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】轮辐。(p39)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(Vedic ara fr. r, rṇoti),【中】轮之辐(spoke of a wheel)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Araghaṭṭa: {'def': '[Sk. araghaṭṭaka (so Halāyudha, see Aufrecht p. 138), dialect.] a wheel for raising water from a well Bdgh. on cakkavaṭṭaka at CV.V,16, 2 (Vin.II,318). So read for T. arahatta-ghaṭi-yanta acc to Morris, J.P.T.S. 1885, 30; cp. also Vin. Texts III,112. -- The 2^rd part of the cpd. is doubtful; Morris & Aufrecht compare the modern Hindī form arhaṭ or rahaṭ “a well-wheel”. (Page 76)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Araha: {'def': '【形】值得的，应得的。 ~ddhaja, 【阳】出家人的黄色袈裟。(p40)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'Araha-(Vedic arha of arh),【形】值得的，应得的(worthy of, deserving, entitled to, worth Dh.195 (pūjāraha); Pv.II,86 (dakkhiṇāraha); VvA.23 (daṇḍaraha deserving punishment). mahāraha(Sk. mahqrgha), 非常值得的(worth much, of great value, costly, dear)。2. 适合的，适当的(fit for, apt for, suitable)。arahaddhaja,【阳】出家人的黄色袈裟。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) (-°) [Vedic arha of arh] 1. worthy of, deserving, entitled to, worth Dh.195 (pūjā°); Pv.II,8⁶ (dakkhiṇā°); VvA.23 (daṇḍa° deserving punishment). Freq. in cpd. mahâraha [Sk. mahârgha] worth much, of great value, costly, dear J.I,50, 58; III,83, etc. (see mahant). -- 2. fit for, apt for, suitable PvA.26 (paribhoga° fit for eating). (Page 76)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Arahant: {'def': '阿罗汉, 应供, 无学', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}; {'def': '(adj.-n.) [Vedic arhant, ppr. of arhati (see arahati), meaning deserving, worthy]. Before Buddhism used as honorific title of high officials like the English “His Worship” ; at the rise of Buddhism applied popularly to all ascetics (Dial. III,3--6). Adopted by the Buddhisṭs as t. t. for one who has attained the Summum Bonum of religious aspiration (Nibbāna).

I. Cases Nom. sg. arahaṁ Vin.I,9; D.I,49; M.I,245, 280; S.I,169; see also formula C. under II., & arahā Vin.I,8, 25, 26; II,110, 161; D.III,255; It.95; Kh IV.; Gen. arahato S.IV,175; Sn.590; Instr. arahatā S.III,168; DA.I,43; Acc. arahantaṁ D.III,10; Dh.420; Sn.644; Loc. arahantamhi Vv 21². -- Nom. pl. arahanto Vin.I,19; IV,112; S.I,78, 235; II,220; IV,123; Gen. arahataṁ Vin.III,1; S.I,214; Sn.186; It.112; Pv.I,11¹². Other cases are of rare occurrence.

II. Formulae. Arahantship finds its expression in freq. occurring formulae, of which the standard ones are the foll.: A. khīṇā jāti vusitaṁ brahmacariyaṁ kataṁ karaṇīyaṁ nâparaṁ itthattāya “destroyed is (re-) birth, lived is a chaste life, (of a student) done is what had to be done, after this present life there is no beyond”. Vin.I,14, 35, 183; D.I,84, 177, 203; M.I,139; II,39; S.I, 140; II,51, 82, 95, 120, 245; III,21, 45, 55, 68, 71, 90, 94, 195, 223; IV,2, 20, 35, 45, 86, 107, 151, 383; V,72, 90, 144, 222; A.I,165; II,211; III,93; IV,88, 179, 302; V,155, 162; Sn.p. 16; Pug.61, etc. -- B. eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto “alone, secluded, earnest, zealous, master of himself” D.I,177; II,153 & continued with A: S.I,140, 161; II,21; III,36, 74; IV,64; V,144, 166; A.I,282; II,249; III,70, 217, 301, 376; IV, 235. -- C. arahaṁ khīṇāsavo vusitavā katakaraṇīyo ohitabhāro anupatta-sadattho parikkhīṇa-bhava-saññojano sammad-aññā vimutto: D.III,83, 97; M.I,4, 235; S.I,71; III,161, 193; IV,125; V,145, 205, 273, 302; A.I,144; III,359, 376; IV,362, 369, 371 sq., It.38. ‹-› D. ñāṇañ ca pana me dassanaṁ udapādi akuppā me ceto-vimutti ayaṁ antimā jāti natthi dāni punabbhavo “there arose in me insight, the emancipation of my heart became unshake able, this is my last birth, there is now no rebirth for me: S.II,171; III,28; IV,8; V,204; A.I,259; IV,56, 305, 448.

III, Other passages (selected) Vin.I,8 (arahā sītibhūto nibbuto), 9 (arahaṁ Tathāgato Sammāsambuddho), 19 (ekādasa loke arahanto), 20 (ekasaṭṭhi id.). 25 sq.; II, 110, 161; III,1; IV,112 (te arahanto udake kīḷanti); D.I,49 (Bhagavā arahaṁ), 144; III,10, 255: M.I,245 (Gotamo na pi kālaṁ karoti: arahaṁ samaṇo Gotamo), 280; S.I,9, 26, 50 (Tathāgato), 78, 140, 161, 169, 175, 178 (+ sītibhūta), 208, 214, 235 (khīnāsavā arahanto); III, 160 (arahā tissa?), 168; IV,123, 175, 260, 393; V,159 sq., 164, 200 sq.; A.I,22 (Sammāsambuddho), 27, 109, 266; Iī.134; III,376, 391, 439; IV,364, 394; V,120; Sn.186, 590, 644, 1003; It.95 (+ khīṇāsava), 112; Kh IV. (dasahi angehi samannāgato arahā ti vuccati: see KhA 88); Vv.21²; I,217; Dh.164, 420 (khīṇāsava +); Ps.II,3, 19, 194, 203 sq.; Pug.37, 73; Vbh.324, 336, 422; Pv.I,1¹ (khettûpamā arahanto), 11¹²; IV,1³².

IV. In comp^n. & der. we find two bases, viz. (1) arahanta° in °ghāta the killing or murder of an Arahant (considered as one of the six deadly crimes): see abhiṭhāna; °ghātaka the murderer of the A.: Vin.I,89, 136, 168, 320; °magga (arahatta°?) the path of an A.: D II 144. -- (2) arahat° in (arahad-)dhaja the flag or banner of an A.: J.I,65.

V. See further details & passages under anāgāmin, khīṇa, buddha. On the relationship of Buddha and Arahant see Dial. II.1--3; III,6. For riddles or word-play on the form arahant see M.I,280; A.IV,145; DA.I,146 = VvA.105, 6 = PvA.7; DhA.IV,228; DhsA.349. (Page 77)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Arahanta: {'def': '【阳】阿罗汉。 Ari,【阳】敌人。~ndama,【三】敌人的驯服者，征服者。(p40)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '完全断除烦恼的圣者。', 'xr': '《巴英术语汇编》 -《法的医疗》附温宗堃'}; {'def': '【阳】阿罗汉。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Arahat: {'def': ' and Arahatta-magga,-phala: s. ariya-puggala.', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

Arahati: {'def': '(arah + a), 值得，该得到。(p40)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(arah值得+a), 值得，该得到(to be worthy of, to deserve, to merit)。ppr. arahant(q.v.),阿罗汉。Cp. also adj. araha.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Vedic arhati, etym. uncertain but cp. agghati] to be worthy of, to deserve, to merit (= Lat. debeo) Sn.431, 552 (rājā arahasi bhavituṁ); J.I,262; Dh.9, 10, 230; Pv III,6⁶. -- ppr. arahant (q. v.). Cp. also adj. araha. (Page 76)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Arahatta: {'def': '¹ (nt.) [abstr. formation fr. arahat°, 2^nd base of arahant in comp^n.: see arahant IV.2] the state or condition of an Arahant, i. e. perfection in the Buddhist sense = Nibbāna (S.IV,151) final & absolute emancipation, Arahantship, the attainment of the last & highest stage of the Path (see magga & anāgāmin). This is not restricted by age or sex or calling. There is one instance in the Canon of a child having attained Arahantship at the age of 7. One or two others occur in the Comy ThA.64 (Selā); PvA.53 (Saṅkicca). Many women Arahants are mentioned by name in the oldest texts. About 400 men Arahants are known. Most of them were bhikkhus, but A.III,451 gives the names of more than a score lay Arahants (cp. D.II,93 = S.V,360, and the references in Dial. III,5 n⁴). ‹-› Arahattaṁ is defined at S.IV,252 as rāga-kkhaya, dosa°, moha°. Descriptions of this state are to be found in the formulae expressing the feelings of an Arahant (see arahant II.). Vin.II,254; D.III,10, 11, 255; A.III,34, 421, 430; V,209; Pug.73; Nett 15, 82; DA.I,180, 188, 191; DhA II 95; IV,193; PvA.14. -- Phrases: arahattaṁ sacchikaroti to experience Arahantship Vin.II,74; D.I,229; arahattaṁ pāpuṇāti to attain or reach Arahantship (usually in aor. pāpuṇi) J.II,229 ThA.64; DhA.II,49 (saha paṭisambhidāhi) 93 (id.); PvA.53, 54, 61, 233 & freq. elsewhere; cp. arahattāya paṭipanna D.III,255; A.I,120; IV,292 sq., 372 sq.

--gahaṇa attainment of Arahantship DhA.I,8. --patta (& patti) one who has attained Ar. S.I,196; V,273; A.II,157; III,376; IV,235. --phala the fruit of Ar. Vin.I,39, 41, 293; III,93; D.III,227, 277; S.III,168; V,44; A.I,23, 45; III,272; IV,276; Dhs.1017; Vbh.326. --magga the Path of Ar. S.I,78; A.III,391; DA.I,224. --vimokkha the emancipation of Ar. Nd² 19. (Page 76)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】阿罗汉的境界，最后的解脱。~phala,【中】阿罗汉圣果位。~magga,【阳】阿罗汉的道向。(p40)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(abstr. formation fr. arahat),【中】阿罗汉的境界(the state or condition of an Arahant)。arahattaphala,【中】阿罗汉圣果位。arahattamagga,【阳】阿罗汉的道向。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '² in °ghaṭi see araghaṭṭa. (Page 76)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Arahatta-magga: {'def': 's. ariya-puggala.', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

Arahatta-phala: {'def': 's. ariya-puggala.', 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}

Arahaṁ: {'def': '(梵 arhat﹐巴 arahant)﹐【中】(主格)阿罗汉，又作阿罗诃，略称罗汉。意译应、应供(值得供养者)、应真、杀贼、无学(asekha)、真人(sappurisa)。bhagavā arahaṁ sammāsambuddho(世尊阿罗汉正自觉者)。北传有「六种阿罗汉」及「九种阿罗汉」之说不见於上座部佛教，其中如「退法(阿罗汉)」(parihāna-dhamma)，遇恶缘便退失阿罗汉果之说不能成立，依巴利阿毘达摩所说，在「阿罗汉道心」(见道位)，永断五上分结，已断的五下分结与五上分结，永不再卷土重来。S.22.76./III,83.︰Yāvatā, bhikkhave, sattāvāsā, yāvatā bhavaggaṁ, ete aggā, ete seṭṭhā lokasmiṁ yadidaṁ arahanto”ti.(诸比丘！乃至於有情居，乃至有顶(天)，在世间这是最高(的生物)、这是最胜(的生物)，即是阿罗汉。) SA.3.24./I,165.︰arahattamaggeneva thinamiddhaṁ, tathā uddhaccaṁ, tatiyeneva kukkuccaṁ.(阿罗汉断惛沉、睡眠、掉举、恶作(懊悔))。A.6.66./III,421：“Cha, bhikkhave, dhamme appahāya abhabbo arahattaṁ sacchikātuṁ. Katame cha? Thinaṁ, middhaṁ, uddhaccaṁ, kukkuccaṁ, assaddhiyaṁ, pamādaṁ-(诸比丘！若不断六法，则不能证阿罗汉果。什么是六呢？即：1惛忱、2睡眠、3掉举、4恶作、4不信、6放逸。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Arahā: {'def': '﹐(主格)阿罗汉。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Araja: {'def': '【形】无灰尘的，无杂质的。(p39)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + raja] free from dust or impurity S.IV,218 (of the wind); Vv 53⁶ (= apagata-raja VvA.236). (Page 76)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】无灰尘的，无杂质的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Arakkheyya: {'def': '(adj.) [in form = arakkhiya] only in nt. “that which does not need to be guarded against”, what one does not need to heed, superfluous to beware of A.IV,82 (cattāri Tathāgatassa a° āni). -- 3 arakkheyyāni are enum^d. at D.III,217 (but as ārakkh°, which is also given by Childers). (Page 76)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Arakkhiya: {'def': '【形】不被防护著的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】不被防护着的。(p39)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + rakkhiya, grd. of rakkhati] not to be guarded, viz. (1) impossible to watch (said of women folk) J.II,326 (a. nāma itthiyo); III,90 (mātugāmo nāma a.). -- (2) unnecessary to be guarded Vin.II,194 (Tathāgatā). (Page 76)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Arati: {'def': '【阴】无执着，厌恶。(p40)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [a + rati] dislike, discontent, aversion Sn.270, 436, 642, 938; Dh.418 (= ukkaṇṭhitattaṁ DhA.IV,225); Th.2, 339 (= ukkaṇṭhi ThA.239); Sdhp.476. (Page 76)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '2(a + rati),【阴】厌恶，不满足(dislike, discontent, aversion )。 (= ukkaṇṭhitattaṁ 已不满的状态，已烦躁的状态，DhA IV.225)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '1,【阴】趣向，到达(goes (towards)，reaches)。araṇīya,【未被】被尊敬的，被靠近，被得到(to be honored；to be approached；to be attained)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Aravinda: {'def': '【中】睡莲。(p40)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ara + vinda (?) Halāyudha gives as Sk. aravinda nt.] a lotus, Nymphaea Nelumbo Dāvs.V,62. (Page 76)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】睡莲(a lotus, Nymphaea Nelumbo)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Arañjara: {'def': '【阳】大广口瓶，陶罐，药罐。(p39)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】大广口瓶，陶罐，药罐。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Arañña: {'def': '【中】森林。 ~ka, 【形】属于森林的，生活在森林的。 ~gata,【形】到森林去。 ~vāsa,【阳】在森林的居所。 ~vihāra,【阳】丛林寺院。 ~āyatana,【中】常到森林的地方。(p39)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(Vedic araṇya; from araṇa(远离的、偏僻的),+ya抽象名词),【中】旷野，林野，森林(forest不精确)( wilderness, open field, the great outdoors)；音译：阿兰若、阿练若。泰语︰pa(第三声)或aran。Vin.III,46.(cf. Vism.72.)：Pārā.III,46.︰Araññaṁ nāma ṭhapetvā gāmañca gāmūpacārañca avasesaṁ araññaṁ nāma.(旷野：村及村的边界之外，剩下者名叫‘旷野’。) Vibh.(p.251.)：“Araññan”ti nikkhamitvā bahi indakhīlā sabbametaṁ araññaṁ(阿兰若︰离开帝柱之外，一切都为‘阿兰若’。)Samantapāsādikā(p.301.)：“āraññakaṁ nāma senāsanaṁ pañcadhanusatikaṁ pacchiman”ti.(五百弓(一弓约四肘长)之外的坐卧处，名为‘阿兰若’。) araññaka,【形】旷野的，森林的，生活在森林的。araññagata,【形】到森林去。araññavāsa,【阳】在旷野的居所。araññavihāra,【阳】独住旷野。araññāyatana,【中】旷野处。--āyatana a forest haunt Vin II.201; S II.269; J I.173; VvA 301; PvA 54, 78, 141.--kuṭikā a hut in the forest, a forest lodge.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [Vedic araṇya; from araṇa, remote, + ya. In the Rig V. araṇya still means remoteness (opp. to amā, at home). In the Ath V. it has come to mean wilderness or forest. Connected with ārād and āre, remote, far from]. forest D.I,71; M.I,16; III,104; S.I,4, 7, 29, 181, 203 (mahā); A.I,60 (°vanapatthāni); II,252; III,135, 138; Sn.39, 53, 119; Dh.99, 329, 330; It.90; Vv 56⁷; Ps.I,176. [The commentators, give a wider meaning to the word. Thus the O. C. (Vin.III,46, quoted Vism.72 & SnA 83) says every place, except a village and the approach thereto, is arañña. See also Vin.III,51; DA.I,209; PvA.73; VvA.249; J.I,149, 215; II,138; V,70].

--āyatana a forest haunt Vin.II,201; S.II,269; J.I,173; VvA.301; PvA.54, 78, 141. --kuṭikā a hut in the forest, a forest lodge S.I,61; III,116; IV,116, 380; DhA.IV,31 (as v. l.; T. has °kuṭi). --gata gone into the forest (as loneliness) M.I,323; A.III,353; V,109 sq., 207, 323 sq. --ṭhāna a place in the forest J.I,253. --vāsa a dwelling in the forest, a hermitage J.I,90. --vihāra living in (the) loneliness (of the forest) A.III,343 sq. (Page 76)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Araññaka: {'def': '& āraññāka, (arañña + ka)【形】属於独处、喜爱独处、隐居者(belonging to solitude or to the forest, living in the forest, fond of solitude, living as hermits (bhikkhū) )。See also āraññaka。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'araññika, 【形】森林的，住在森林的。(p55)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(& Āraññāka) (adj.) [arañña + ka] belonging to solitude or to the forest, living in the forest, fond of solitude, living as hermits (bhikkhū) M.I,214 (ā°), 469; III,89; S.II,187, 202 (v. l. ā°), 208 sq.; 281; A.III,343, 391; IV,291, 344, 435; V,10. See also āraññaka. (Page 76)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Araññakatta: {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. araññaka] the habit of one who lives in the forest, indulgence in solitude & sequestration, a hermit’s practice, seclusion S.II,202, 208 sq. See also āraññakatta. (Page 76)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Araññānī: {'def': '【阴】大的森林。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】大的森林。(p39)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Araṇa: {'def': '1(Vedic araṇa)﹐【形】独处(living in solitude)，远离群众(far from the madding crowd)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '2(a+raṇa),【形】和平的(quietude, peace)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】和平的，不热情的。(p39)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '² (nt.) [a + raṇa] quietude, peace Nett 55 (+ tāṇa), 176 (or as adj. = peaceful) ThA.134 (+ saraṇa); Vbh.19 sq. (opp. saraṇa). See saraṇa^2.

--vihārin (or araṇā-vihārin) [to be most likely taken as araṇā°, Abl. of araṇa in function of ārakā, i. e. adv. far from, away; the spelling araṇa would refer it to araṇa². As regards meaning the P. Commentators expl^n. it as opp. of raṇa fight, battle, i. e. peacefullness, friendliness & see in it a syn. of metta. Thus Dhammapāla at PvA.230 expl^s. it as “mettā-vihārin”, & in this meaning it is found freq. in BSk. e. g. Divy 401; Av. Ś II.131 (q. v. for further ref. under note 3); M Vastu I.165; II,292. Cp. also the epithet of the Buddhas raṇañjaha] one who lives in seclusion, an anchoret, hermit; hence a harmless, peaceful person A.I,24; Th.2, 358, 360; Pv IV.1³³ (= PvA.230); ThA.244. Cp. Dhs.trsl. 336. (Page 76)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '¹ (adj.-n.) [Vedic araṇa fr. *ara √ṛ, which as Abl. ārā is used as adv. far from, cp. P. ārakā. Orig. meaning “removed from, remote, far”. See also arañña]. (adj.) living in solitude, far from the madding crowd M.III,237 (°vibhaṅga-sutta); S.I,44, 45; J.I,340 (tittha°?). (Page 76)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Araṇi: {'def': '【阴】取火的钻木。 ~mathana,【中】摩擦钻木取火。 ~sahita,【中】上面的钻木。(p39)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '﹐Araṇī(Vedic araṇī & araṇi fr. r),【阴】取火的钻木。araṇimathana,【中】摩擦钻木取火。araṇisahita,【中】上面的钻木。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '& °ī (f.) [Vedic araṇī & araṇi fr. ṛ] wood for kindling fire by attrition, only in foll. cpds.: °potaka small firewood, all that is needed for producing fire, chiefly drill sticks Miln.53; °sahita (nt.) same Vin.II,217; J.I, 212 (ī); V,46 (ī); DhA.II,246; °mathana rubbing of firewood J.VI,209. -- Note. The reading at PvA.211 araṇiyehi devehi sadisa-vaṇṇa is surely a misreading (v. l. BB ariyehi). (Page 76)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Are: {'def': '【无】嘻！哈罗！喂！嘿！嗨！(p40)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(cp.Sk.lalallā),【无】嘻！哈罗！喂！嘿！嗨！', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(indecl.) [onomat. Cp. Sk. lalallā, Gr. lalέw, Lat. lallo = E. lull, Ger. lallen & without redupl. Ags. holā, Ger. halloh, E. lo. An abbrev. form of are is re. Cf. also alālā] exclam. of astonishment & excitement: he! hallo! I say!, implying an imprecation: Away with you (with Voc.) J.I,225 (dāsiputta-ceṭaka); IV,391 (duṭṭha-caṇḍāla); DA.I,265 (= re); VvA.68 (dubbinī), 217 (“how in the world”). (Page 78)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ari: {'def': '[Ved. ari; fr. ṛ] an enemy. -- The word is used in exegesis & word explⁿ, thus in etym. of arahant (see ref. under arahant v.); of bhūri Ps.II,197. -- Otherwise in late language only, e. g. Sdhp.493 (°bhūta). See also arindama & aribhāseti. (Page 77)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】敌人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Aribhāseti: {'def': '[= ariṁ bhāseti] to denounce, lit. to call an enemy J.IV,285. Correct to Pari° according to Fausböll (J.V, corr.) (Page 77)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Arindama: {'def': '[Sk. arindama, ariṁ + dama of dam] a tamer of enemies, victor, conqueror Pv IV.3¹⁵ (= arīnaṁ damanasīla PvA.251); Sdhp.276. (Page 77)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ari+n+dama),【三】敌人的驯服者，征服者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Arisa: {'def': '【中】痔，痔疮。(p40)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】痔(hemorrhoids)，痔疮(piles)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Aritta: {'def': '(nt.) [Vedic aritra, Idg. *ere to row (Sk. ṛ to move); cf. Gr. e)rέssw to row, e)retmόs rudder, Lat. remus, Ohg. ruodar = rudder; Ags. rōwan = E. row] a rudder. Usually in comb^n. with piya (phiya) oar, as piyârittaṁ (phiy°) oar & rudder, thus at S.I,103 (T. piya°, v. l. phiya°); A.II,201 (piya°); J.IV,164 (T. piya°, v.l. phiya°); Sn.321 (piya +; SnA 330 phiya = dabbi-padara, aritta = veḷudaṇḍa). DhsA.149. (Page 77)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】舵(rudder)。【形】不空的，非无用的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】舵。【形】不空的，非无用的。(p40)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ariya: {'def': '(Vedic ārya, of uncertain etym. The other Pāli forms are ayira & ayya),【形】1.亚利安人(Aryan)。2.神圣的，特异的，高贵的(noble, distinguished, of high birth)，圣人，圣者，贤圣(sage)。【阳】圣人，达到较高智慧的人。ariyakanta,【形】符合圣者的。ariyadhana,【中】圣人的崇高宝物。ariyadhamma,【阳】圣法，圣修行。ariyapariyesanā﹐【阴】圣寻求(善知老病死，愁染法过患，希求彼寂灭)。ariyapuggala,【阳】圣者，圣人，圣辈。ariyabhūmi,【阴】圣人的境界。ariyamagga(梵āryamārga),【阳】圣道。ariyasacca,【中】圣谛，确定的事实。ariyasāvaka,【阳】圣弟子。ariyayūpavāda,【阳】侮辱圣人。cattāri ariyasaccāni, catunnaṁ ariyasaccānaṁ, 【中】四圣谛。“Catunnaṁ bhikkhave, ariyasaccānaṁ ananubodhā appaṭivedhā evamidaṁ dīghamaddhānaṁ sandhāvitaṁ saṁsaritaṁ mamañceva tumhākañca.”(「诸比丘！因为不随觉(anuboddhā不觉、不知)、不通达(appaṭivedhā不贯通、不明白)四圣谛，我跟你们长久以来，流转於生死。」 (《长部》D.16./II,90﹑122~123； cf. 《增支部》A.4.1./II,1.)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '圣', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}; {'def': '(adj.-n.) [Vedic ārya, of uncertain etym. The other Pāli forms are ayira & ayya] 1. (racial) Aryan D.II,87. ‹-› 2. (social) noble, distinguished, of high birth. -- 3. (ethical) in accord with the customs and ideals of the Aryan clans, held in esteem by Aryans, generally approved. Hence: right, good, ideal. [The early Buddhists had no such ideas as we cover with the words Buddhist and Indian. Ariya does not exactly mean either. But it often comes very near to what they would have considered the best in each]. -- (adj.): D.I,70 = (°ena sīlakkhan&dcb;hena samannāgata fitted out with our standard morality); III,64 (cakkavatti-vatta), 246 (diṭṭhi); M.I,139 (pannaddhaja); II,103 (ariyāya jātiyā jāto, become of the Aryan lineage); S.II,273 (tuṇhībhāva); IV,250 (vaddhi), 287 (dhamma); V,82 (bojjhaṅgā), 166 (satipaṭṭhānā), 222 (vimutti), 228 (ñāṇa), 255 (iddhipādā), 421 (maggo), 435 (saccāni), 467 (paññā-cakkhu); A.I,71 (parisā); II,36 (ñāya); III,451 (ñāṇa); IV,153 (tuṇhībhāva); V,206 (sīlakkhandha); It.35 (paññā), 47 (bhikkhu sammaddaso); Sn.177 (patha = aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo SnA 216); Dh.236 (bhūmi), 270; Ps.II,212 (iddhi). --alamariya fully or thoroughly good D.I,163 = III,82 = A.IV,363; nâlamariya not at all good, object, ignoble ibid. -- (m.) Vin.I,197 (na ramati pāpe); D.I,37 = (yaṁ taṁ ariyā ācikkhanti upekkhako satimā etc.: see 3^rd. jhāna), 245; III,111 (°ānaṁ anupavādaka one who defames the noble); M.I,17, 280 (sottiyo ariyo arahaṁ); S.I,225 (°ānaṁ upavādaka); II,123 (id.); IV,53 (°assa vinayo), 95 (id.); A.I,256 (°ānaṁ upavādaka); III,19, 252 (id.); IV,145 (dele! see arīhatatta); V,68, 145 sq., 200, 317; It.21, 108; Dh.22, 164, 207; J.III,354 = Miln.230; M.I,7, 135 (ariyānaṁ adassāvin: “not recognising the Noble Ones”) PvA.26, 146; DhA.II,99; Sdhp.444 (°ānaṁ vaṁsa). ‹-› anariya (adj. & n.) not Ariyan, ignoble, undignified, low, common, uncultured A.I,81; Sn.664 (= asappurisa SnA 479; DhsA.353); J.II,281 (= dussīla pāpadhamma C.); V,48 (°rūpa shameless), 87; DhA.IV,3. -- See also ñāṇa, magga, sacca, sāvaka.

--âvakāsa appearing noble J.V,87. -- uposatha the ideal feast day (as one of 3) A.I,205 sq., 212. -- kanta loved by the Best D.III,227. -- gaṇā (pl.) troops of worthies J.VI,50 (= brāhmaṇa-gaṇā, te kira tāda ariyâcārā ahesuṁ, tena te evam āha C.). -- garahin casting blame on the righteous Sn.660. -- citta a noble heart. -- traja a true descendant of the Noble ones Dpvs.V,92. -- dasa having the ideal (or best) belief It.93 = 94. -- dhana sublime treasure; always as sattavidha° sevenfold, viz. saddhā°, sīla°, hiri°, ottappa°, suta°, cāga°, paññā° “faith, a moral life, modesty, fear of evil, learning, self-denial, wisdom” ThA.240; VvA.113; DA.II,34. -- dhamma the national customs of the Aryans (= ariyānaṁ eso dhammo Nd¹ 71, 72) M.I,1, 7, 135; A.II,69; V,145 sq., 241, 274; Sn.783; Dhs.1003. -- puggala an (ethically) model person, Ps.I,167; Vin.V,117; ThA.206. -- magga the Aryan Path. -- vaṁsa the (fourfold) noble family, i. e. of recluses content with the 4 requisites D.III,224 = A.II,27 = Ps.I,84 = Nd² 141; cp. A.III,146. -- vattin leading a noble life, of good conduct J.III,443. -- vatā at Th.1, 334 should be read °vattā (Nom. sg. of vattar, vac) “speaking noble words”: -- vāsa the most excellent state of mind, habitual disposition, constant practice. Ten such at D.III,269, 291 = A.V,29 (Passage recommended to all Buddhists by Asoka in the Bhabra Edict). -- vihāra the best practice S.V,326. -- vohāra noble or honorable practice. There are four, abstinence from lying, from slander, from harsh language, from frivolous talk. They are otherwise known as the 4 vacī-kammantā & represent sīla nos. 4--7. See D.III,232; A.II,246; Vin.V,125. -- saṅgha the communion of the Nobles ones PvA.1. -- sacca, a standard truth, an established fact, D.I,189, II.90, 304 sq.; III 277; M.I,62, 184; III,248; S.V,415 sq. = Vin.I,10, 230. It.17; Sn.229, 230, 267; Dh.190; DhA.III,246; KhA 81, 151, 185, 187; ThA.178, 282, 291; VvA.73. -- sāvaka a disciple of the noble ones (= ariyānaṁ santike sutattā a. SnA 166). M.I,8, 46, 91, 181, 323; II,262; III,134, 228, 272; It.75; Sn.90; Miln.339; DhA.I,5, (opp. putthujjana). -- sīlin of unblemished conduct, practising virtue D.I,115 (= sīlaṁ ariyaṁ uttamaṁ parisuddhaṁ DA.I,286); M.II,167.

When the commentators, many centuries afterwards, began to write Pali in S. India & Ceylon, far from the ancient seat of the Aryan clans, the racial sense of the word ariya was scarcely, if at all, present to their minds. Dhammapāla especially was probably a non-Aryan, and certainly lived in a Dravidian environment. The then current similar popular etmologies of ariya and arahant (cp. next article) also assisted the confusion in their minds. They sometimes therefore erroneously identify the two words and explain Aryans as meaning Arahants (DhA.I,230; SnA 537; PvA.60). In other ways also they misrepresented the old texts by ignoring the racial force of the word. Thus at J.V,48 the text, speaking of a hunter belonging to one of the aboriginal tribes, calls him anariya-rūpa. The C. explains this as “shameless”, but what the text has, is simply that he looked like a non-Aryan. (cp “frank” in English). (Page 77)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '圣的，或证得圣道的圣者。', 'xr': '《巴英术语汇编》 -《法的医疗》附温宗堃'}; {'def': '【形】高贵的，神圣的，区别的。【阳】圣人，达到较高智慧的人。~kanta,【形】符合圣者的。~dhana,【中】圣人的崇高宝物。~dhamma,【阳】圣法，圣修行。~puggala,【阳】圣者，圣人，圣辈。~magga,【阳】圣道。~sacca,【中】确定的事实，圣谛，圣真理。~sāvaka,【阳】圣弟子。~yūpavāda,【阳】侮辱圣人。(p40)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ariya-atthaṅgika-magga: {'def': '【阳】圣八支道，八直定(T1.816.1)，八正道(the eightfold path)：正见(巴sammādiṭṭhi；梵samyag-drsṭi英right view)，正思 (sammāsaṅkappa；samyak-saṅkalpa；right attitude)，正语 (sammāvāca；Samyag-vāc；right speech)，正业(sammākammanta；samyak-karmānta；right activity)，正命(sammā-ājīva；samyag-ājīva；right livelihood)，正精进 (sammāvāyāma；Samyag-vyāyāma；right effort)，正念(sammāsati；Samyak-smrti；right mindfulness)，正定sammāsamādhi；Samyak-samādhi；right concentration)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ariya-puggala: {'def': '圣位,圣人', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}

Ariya-sacca: {'def': '圣谛', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}

Ariyadhana: {'def': '圣财', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}

Ariyamagga: {'def': '圣道，(阿毘达磨中，有时只作magga)，指证见涅盘，同时拔除「结」或「烦恼」的道心刹那。(i)藉由预流道(sotapatti-magga)，成为须陀含，它断除我见、疑、戒禁取见。(ii)藉由一来道(sakadāgāmi-magga)，成为斯陀含，它薄弱欲贪和瞋。(iii)藉由不还道(anāgāmi-magga)，成为阿那含，它彻底断除欲贪和瞋。[59](iv)藉由阿罗汉道(arahatta-magga)，成为阿罗汉，它进一步断除五上分结：色贪、无色贪、慢、掉举、无明。', 'xr': '《巴英术语汇编》 -《法的医疗》附温宗堃'}

Ariyamittakara: {'def': '﹐【阳】圣人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ariñcamāna: {'def': '[ppr. med. of P. riñcati for ricyati] not leaving behind, not giving up, i. e. pursuing earnestly Sn.69 (jhānaṁ = ajȧhamana SnA 123, cp. Nd² 94). (Page 77)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不放弃的，认真地追求的。(p40)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】不放弃的，认真地追求的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ariṭṭha: {'def': '【形】残酷的，不吉利的。【阳】 1. 乌鸦。 2. 印楝树。 3. 无患子树。【中】医学的精神。(p40)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】残酷的，不吉利的。【阳】1.乌鸦。2.印楝树(nimb tree)。3.无患子树(skt. arisṭa；soap-berry tree黄目子树)。【中】医学的精神。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '² [Sk. ariṣṭa, N. of a tree] a kind of spirituous liquor Vin.IV,110. (Page 77)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '¹ (adj.) [a + riṭṭha = Vedic ariṣṭa, pp of a + riṣ to hurt or be hurt] unhurt Sdhp.279. (Page 77)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ariṭṭhaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. ariṭṭha] (a) unhurt; perfect DA.1,94 (°ṁ ñāṇaṁ). -- (b) [fr. ariṭṭha in meaning of “soap-berry plant”?] in phrase mahā ariṭṭhako maṇi S.I,104 “a great mass of soap stone” (cp. Rh. D. in J. R. A. S. 1895, 893 sq.), “a shaped block of steatite” (Mrs. Rh. D. in K. S 130). (Page 77)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Aroga: {'def': '【形】健康的，无病痛的。arogabhāva,【阳】健康，无疾病。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】健康的，无病痛的。 ~bhāva, 【阳】健康，无疾病。(p40)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Aru: {'def': '【中】 Arukā, 【阴】旧伤口，痛处。 ~kā ya,【阳】许多痛处。~pakka,【形】腐烂的痛处。(p40)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】arukā,【阴】旧伤口，痛处。arukāya,【阳】许多痛处。arupakka,【形】腐烂的痛处。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [Vedic aruḥ, unknown etym.] a wound, a sore, only in cpds.: °kāya a heap of sores M.II,64 = Dh.147 = Th.1, 769 (= navannaṁ vaṇamukhānaṁ vasena arubhūta kāya DhA.III,109 = VvA.77); °gatta (adj.) with wounds in the body M.I,506 (+ pakka-gatta); Miln.357 (id); °pakka decaying with sores S.IV,198 (°āni gattāni); °bhūta consisting of wounds, a mass of wounds VvA.77 = DhA.III,109. (Page 78)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Arubheda: {'def': 'the Rigveda ThA.206. (Page 78)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Aruka: {'def': '= aru; only in cpd. °ûpamacitto (adj.) having a heart like a sore (of a man in anger) A.I,124 = Pug.30 (expl^d at Pug.A 212 as purāṇa-vaṇa-sadisa-citto “an old wound” i. e. continually breaking open). (Page 78)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Aruṇa: {'def': '(Vedic aruṇa (adj.)火的颜色),【阳】1.破晓(黎明，有日出前的微红色光从东方水平线下射出，但是四方还是黑暗，无法清楚辨识四方景物)。2.红色(梵arusa; reddish)。【形】略带红色的。aruṇavaṇṇa,【形】略带红色的顔色。aruṇa uggacchati﹐日出。一般地说，日出时(时间05时至07时)可称旦、早、朝、晨，日入时称夕、暮、晚。太阳正中时叫日中、正午、亭午，将近日中时叫隅中，偏西时叫昃、日昳。日入后(时间17时至19时)是黄昏，黄昏后是人定，人定后是夜半(或叫夜分)，夜半后是鸡鸣，鸡鸣后是昧旦、平明——这是天已亮的时间。古人一天两餐，上餐在日出后隅中前，这段时间就叫食时或早食；晚餐在日昃后日入前，这段时间叫晡时。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Vedic aruṇa (adj.) of the colour of fire, i. e. ruddy, nt. the dawn; of Idg. *ereu as in Sk. aruṣa reddish, Av. auruša white, also Sk ravi sun; an enlarged from of Idg. *reu as in Sk. rudhira, rohita red (bloody; see etym. under rohita), Gr. e)rudrόs, Lat. ruber.] the sun Vin.II,68; IV,245; J.II,154; V,403; VI,330; Dpvs.I,56; DA.I,30. ‹-› a. uggacchati the sun rises J.I,108; VvA.75, & see cpds.

--ugga sunrise Vin.IV,272; S.V,29, 78, 101, 442 (at all Saṁyutta pass. the v.l. SS is aruṇagga); Vism.49. --uggamana sunrise (opp. oggamanna). Vin.III,196, 204, 264; IV,86, 166, 230, 244; DhA.I,165; II,6; PvA.109. --utu the occasion of the sun (-rise) DhA.I,165. --vaṇṇa of the colour of the sun, reddish, yellowish, golden Vism.123; DhA I 1.3 = PvA.216. --sadisa (vaṇṇa) like the sun (in colour) PvA.211 (gloss for suriyavaṇṇa). (Page 78)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】 1. 破晓。 2. 红色。【形】略带红色的。 ~vaṇṇa,【形】略带红色的颜色。~ṇuggamana,【中】日出之前的微红色。(p40)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Aruṇauggamana: {'def': '【中】明相(dawnrise天亮，台语：天光tinn kng，天色扑殕光(phah2 hu2 kng天蒙蒙亮))、鱼肚白。依天文学上说，太阳在地平线以下6度的黎明时分(Civil Twilight民用曙暮光时刻)，约等於「明相」出时，不必用人工照明可辨识景象、颜色等，此时空中一等星仍可见。每天明相出现的时间，依纬度、高度逐日略异。明相出现后，离「日出」(sunrise)还要还要24分钟左右(22~27分钟)。若是使用〈日出日没表〉，「明相」依「日出」的时刻减24分钟左右，入暮(看不见周遭景象等)则依「日落」的时刻加24分钟左右。(台湾请见：中央气象局(天文)http://www.cwb.gov.tw) 【反】oggamanna(日落)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Arāti: {'def': '[a + rāti, cp. Sk. arāti] an enemy Dāvs IV,1. (Page 77)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Arīhatatta: {'def': 'in phrase “arīhatta ariyo hoti” at A.IV,145 is wrong reading for arīnaṁ hatattā. The whole phrase is inserted by mistake from a gloss explaining arahā in the foll. sentence “ārakattā kilesānaṁ arīnaṁ hatattā . . . arahā hoti”, and is to be deleted (omitted also by SS). (Page 78)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Arūpa: {'def': '【形】无形的，无实体的，没有本质的，无色的。 ~kāyika, 【形】无色众，属于无形的众生。 ~bhava,【阳】无色生，无形的存在。 ~loka,【阳】无色界，无形的世界。 arūpāvacara, 【形】属于无色界的。(p40)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + rūpa] without form or body, incorporeal, D.I,195 sq.; III,240; Sn.755; It.62; Sdhp.228, 463, 480. See details under rūpa.

--âvacara the realm or world of Formlessness, Dhs.1281--1285; Ps.I,83 sq., 101. --kāyika belonging to the group of formless beings Miln.317 (devā). --ṭhāyin standing in or being founded on the Formless It.62. --taṇhā “thirst” for the Formless D.III,216. --dhātu the element or sphere of the Incoporeal (as one of the 3 dhātus rūpa°, arūpa°, nirodha°; see dhātu) D.III,215, 275; It.45. --bhava formless existence D.III,216. --loka the world of the Formless, Sdhp.494. --saññin not having the idea of form D.II,110; III,260; Exp. I.252. (Page 78)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(a +rūpa),【形】无形的、无实体的、无色的(without form or body, incorporeal)。arūpakāyika,【形】无色衆、无形的衆生(belonging to the group of formless beings)。arūpabhava,【阳】无色生，无形的存在。arūpaloka,【阳】无色界，无形的世界。arūpāvacara,【形】无色界的(the realm or world of Formlessness)。arūpavacarabhūmi﹐无色界地(包括：非想非非想处地 n’evasaññān’āsaññā-yatanabhūmi、无所有处地ākiṇcaññāyatanabhūmi、识无边处地viññāṇañcāyatanabhūmi、空无边处地 ākāsānañcāyatanabhūmi)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Arūpin: {'def': '(adj.) [a + rūpin] = arūpa; D.I,31 (arūpī attā hoti: see DA.I,119), 195; III,111, 139; It.87 (rūpino va arūpino va sattā). (Page 78)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Arūpī: {'def': '【阳】无色界的众生。(p40)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】无色界的衆生。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asa: {'def': '(adj.) [for asaṁ = asanto, a + santo, ppr. of as in meaning “good”] bad J.IV,435 = VI,235 (sataṁ vā asaṁ, Acc. sg. with v. l. santaṁ . . ., expl^d- by sappurisaṁ vā asappurisaṁ vā C.); V,448 (n. pl. f. asā expl^d. by asatiyo lāmikā C.; cp. p. 446 V.319). (Page 86)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asabala: {'def': '(adj.) [a + sabala] unspotted D.II,80 = III,245. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】无污点的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】无污点的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asabbha: {'def': '【形】无礼的，恶劣的。【中】粗俗的语言。vācaṁ abhāsi pharusaṁ asabbhaṁ﹐他曾说粗恶话、粗话。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】无礼的，恶劣的。【中】粗俗的语言。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + sabbha, i. e. *sabhya cp. sabhā & in meaning court: courteous, hof: hoflich etc.] not belonging to the assembly-room, not consistent with good manners, impolite, vile, low, of base character J.III,527 (mātugāma); Dh.77 = J.III,367 = Th.1, 994; Miln.221; DhA.I,256; ThA.246 (akkhi). Cp. next. -- Note. Both sabbha and sabbhin occur only in the negative form. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asabbhin: {'def': ' = asabbna J.I,494, more freq. in cpds. as asabbhi°, e.g.

--kāraṇa a low or sinful act Miln.280. --rūpa low, common J.VI,386 (= asādhu-jātika, lāmaka), 387 (= asabbhijātika), 414 (= apaṇḍita-jātika). Cp. prec. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asabbhī: {'def': '【阳】坏者，粗俗的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】坏者，粗俗的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asacca: {'def': '【中】谎言。【形】错误的，不真实的。(p45)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + sacca] not true, false J.V,399. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】谎言。【形】错误的，不真实的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asaddha: {'def': '(adj.) [a + saddha] not believing, without faith D.III,252, 282. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asaddhamma: {'def': '【阳】l.不规矩，罪，2.行房。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[a + sat + dhamma, cp. asat & BSk. asaddharma] evil condition, sin, esp. sexual intercourse; usually mentioned as a set of several sins, viz. as 3 at It.85; as 4 at A.II,47; as 7 at D.III,252, 282; as 8 at Vin.II,202. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】 l. 不规矩，罪，2. 行房。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asadisa: {'def': '【形】无比的，无敌的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + sadisa] incomparable, not having its like DhA.II,89; III,120 (°dāna). (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】无比的，无敌的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asagguṇa: {'def': '[a + sagguṇa] bad quality, vice Sdhp.382 (°bhāvin, the a° belongs to the whole cpd.). (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asahamāna: {'def': '【现分】不持久的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【现分】不持久的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asahana: {'def': '【中】非忍耐。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】非忍耐。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.-adj.) [a + sahana] not enduring, non-endurance, inability J.III,20; PvA.17. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asahāya: {'def': '【形】孤单的，没有朋友的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + sahāya] one who is without friends; who is dependent on himself Miln.225. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】孤单的，没有朋友的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asajjamāna: {'def': '(adj.) [ppr. med. of a + sajjati, sañj] not clinging, not stuck, unattached Sn.38, 71 (cp. Nd² 107); Dh.221 (nāmarūpasmiṁ a. = alaggamana DhA.III,298). (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【现分】不碰触著的，不执著的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【现分】不碰触着的，不执着的。(p45)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asajjhaya: {'def': '[a + sajjhāya] non-repetition Dh.241 (cp. DhA.III,347). (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asajjittho: {'def': '2^nd sg. pret. med. of sajjati to stick or cling to, to hesitate J.I,376. See sajjati. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asaka: {'def': '【形】非自己的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asakiŋ: {'def': '【副】超过一次。(p45)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asakiṁ: {'def': '【副】超过一次。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asakka: {'def': 'asakkuṇeyya, asakkonta,【形】不能的，不可能的。kātuṁ asakkontānaṁ pāpabhāvaṁ, 作恶多端。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + sakka; Sk. aśakya] impossible J.V, 362 (°rūpa). (Page 86)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'asakkuṇeyya, asakkonta, 【形】不能的，不可能的。(p45)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asakkhara: {'def': '(adj.) [a + sakkhara] not stony, free from gravel or stones, smooth J.V,168; DhA.III,401 (opp. sasakkhara). (Page 86)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asakkuṇeyya: {'def': '(adj.) [grd. of a + sakkoti] impossible, unable to J.I,55; KhA 185 and passim. (Page 86)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asakyadhītā: {'def': '(f.) [a + sakyadhītā] not a true Buddhist nun Vin.IV,214. (Page 86)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asama: {'def': '² (nt.) [the diaeretic form of Sk. aśman hurling stone, of whieh the contracted form is amha (q. v.); connected with Lat. ocris “mons confragosus”; Gr. a)/kmwn anvil; Lith. akmů̃ stone, see also asana¹ (Sk. aśan stone for throwing) and asani] stone, rock DA.I,270, 271 (°muṭṭhika having a hammer of stone; v. l. BB. ayamuṭṭhika); SnA 392 (Instr. asmanā). (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不相等的，无敌的。asamapekkhana﹐无等观。asamasama,【形】asamasamo, 无敌中的无敌。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】不相等的，无敌的。 ~sama, 【形】相等于无敌的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '¹ (adj.) [a + sama] unequal, incomparable J.I,40 (+ appaṭipuggala); Sdhp.578 (+ atula). Esp. freq. in cpd. °dhura lit. carrying more than an equal burden, of incomparable strength, very steadfast or resolute Sn.694 (= asama-viriya SnA 489); J.I,193; VI,259, 330. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asamaggiya: {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. a + samagga] lack of concord, disharmony J.VI,516 (so read for asāmaggiya). (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asamapekkhana: {'def': '(nt.) & °ā (f.) [fr. a + sam + apekkhati] lack of consideration S.III,261; Dhs.390, 1061, 1162. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asamaṇa: {'def': 'at Pug.27 is to be read assamaṇa (q. v.). (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asambādha: {'def': '(adj.) [a + sambādha] unobstructed Sn.150 (= sambādha-virahita KhA 248); J.I,80; ThA.293. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(a + sambādha) ,【形】无障碍的(unobstructed)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asamekkhakārī: {'def': '【阳】匆匆的人。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】匆匆的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asamiddhi: {'def': '(f.) [a + samiddhi] misfortune, lack of success J.VI,584. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asamijjhanaka: {'def': '(adj.) [a + samijjhana + ka] unsuccessful, without result, fruitless; f. °ikā J.III,252. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asammodiya: {'def': '(nt.) [a + sammodiya] disagreement, dissension J.VI,517 (= asamaggiya C.). (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asammoha: {'def': '【阳】无混乱。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asammosa: {'def': '[a + sammosa cp. B.Sk. asammoṣadharman Ep. of the Buddha; Divy 49 etc] absence of confusion D.III,221 = Dhs.1366. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'asammoha, 【阳】无混乱。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(a+sammosa cp. B.Sk. asammosadharman),【阳】无混乱(absence of confusion)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asammusanatā: {'def': '﹐不失忆性。(= naṭṭha-muṭṭhassatitā﹐见DhsA.CS:p.433)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asammūḷha: {'def': '【形】（思想）不混乱的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】(思想)不混乱的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asamosaraṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [a + samosaraṇa] not coming together, not meeting, separation J.V,233. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asampajañña: {'def': '(nt.) [a + sampajañña] lack of intelligence D.III,213; Dhs.390, 1061, 1162, 1351. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asampakampiya: {'def': '(adj.) [grd. of a + sampakampeti] not to be shaken, not to be moved Sn.229 (= kampetuṁ vā cāletuṁ vā asakkuṇeyyo KhA 185). (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不被摇动的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(a+sam+pa+kampiya),【形】完全不被摇动的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asampatta: {'def': '【形】未到达的，未接近的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】未到达的，未接近的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asampāyanto: {'def': '[ppr. of a + sampāyati] unable to solve or explain Sn.p. 92. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asamāhita: {'def': '【形】不组成的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + samāhita] not composed, uncontrolled, not firm It.113 (opp. susamāhita); Dh.110, 111; Pug.35. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(a无+samāhita等引),【形】没有定(三摩呬多)的，非等引的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asamāna: {'def': '【形】不相等的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】不相等的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asana: {'def': '【中】1.吃。2.食物。3.箭。【阳】榄仁树(一种乔木 Terminalia Alata)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '³ (nt.) [Sk. asana] the tree Pentaptera Tomentosa J.I,40 (as Bodhi-tree of Gotama); II,91; V,420; VI,530. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '¹ (nt.) [Vedic aśan(m)] stone, rock J.II,91; V,131. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² (nt.) [cp. Sk. aśana of aś, cp. asati] eating, food; adj. eating J.I,472 (ghatâsana Ep. of the fire; V,64 (id.). Usually in neg. form anasana fasting, famine, hunger Sn.311 (= khudā SnA 324); DA.I,139. See also nirasana. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '⁴ (nt.) [cp. Sk. asanā, to asyati to hurl, throw] an arrow M.I,82 = S.I,62. Cp. asani. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】 1. 吃。 2. 食物。 3. 箭。【阳】榄仁树（一种乔木 (Terminalia Alata)）。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asandhitā: {'def': '(f.) [a + sandhi + tā] absence of joints, disconnected state J.VI,16. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asani: {'def': '【阴】霹雳，雷电。 ~pāta, 【阳】雷电的落下。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [Vedic aśani in same meaning; with Sk. aśri corner, caturaśra four cornered (see assa), to Lat. ācer pointed, sharp, Gr. a]/kros pointed, Ags. egl sting, Ohg. ekka corner, point. Connected with this is Sk. aśan (see asana¹). Cp. also aṁsa & asama²] orig. a sharp stone as hurling-weapon thence in mythol. Indra’s thunderbolt, thunder-clap, lightning J.I,71, 167; II,154; III,323; Miln.277; VvA.83.

--aggi the fire of thunder, i. e. lightning or fire caused by lightning DhA.III,71. --pāta the falling of the thunderbolt, thunderclap, lightning DA.I,280 (or should we read asannipāta?); PvA.45. --vicakka same as °pāta (?) S.II, 229 (= lābha-sakkāra-silokassa adhivacana); D.III,44, 47. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】霹雳，雷电。asanipāta,【阳】雷电的落下。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asannata: {'def': '(adj.) [a + sannata] not bent or bending Sdhp.417. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asanta: {'def': '【形】非存在的，坏的，邪恶的，缺德的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】非存在的，坏的，邪恶的，缺德的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asantasanta: {'def': 'asantāsī,【形】不发抖的，大胆的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'asantāsī, 【形】不发抖的，大胆的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asantasaṁ: {'def': '& °anto (adj.) [ppr. of a + santasati] fearless, not afraid Sn.71, 74; J.IV,101; VI,306; Nd² 109. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asanthava: {'def': '[a + santhava] dissociation, separation from society, seclusion Sn.207. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asantuṭṭha: {'def': '[pp. of a + santussati] not contented with, greedy, insatiate, unhappy Sn.108. Cp. next. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不快乐的，不满意的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】不快乐的，不满意的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asantuṭṭhi: {'def': '【阴】不快乐，不满足。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】不快乐，不满足。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asantuṭṭhitā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. asantuṭṭhita = asantuṭṭha] dissatisfaction, discontentment D.III,214 (so read for tutth°) = A.I,95. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asantāsin: {'def': '(adj.) [a + santāsin, cp. asantāsaṁ] fearless, not trembling, not afraid Sn.850; Dh.351; Nd² 109; DhA.IV,70. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asanāti: {'def': '[see asati] to eat, to consume (food) J.I,472; V, 64; VI,14 (Esb. note: read asnāti; C. paribhuñjati). (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asapati: {'def': '(a-sapati)﹐无伴之夫(丈夫之唯一之妻)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asapatta: {'def': '没有敌意，和平的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.-n.) [a + sapatta = Sk. sapatna] (act.) without enmity, friendly (med.) having no enemy or foe, secure, peaceful D.II,276; Sn.150 (= vigata-paccatthika, mettavihārin KhA 249); Th.2, 512. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '没有敌意，和平的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asapattī: {'def': '(f.) [a + sapattī] without co-wife or rival in marriage S.IV,249. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asappurisa: {'def': '【阳】不善士，坏人。Asappuriso bhikkhave akataññū hoti akatavedī. Asabbhi h’etaṁ bhikkhave upaññātaṁ yadidaṁ akataññutā akataveditā. Kevalā esā bhikkhave asappurisabhūmi yadidaṁ akataññutā akataveditā.(比丘们！不善士是不报恩、不知恩。诸比丘！确实，此卑劣的被认为不报恩、不知恩者。诸比丘！这全然不善士地，即是不报恩、不知恩。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】坏人。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[a + sappurisa, cp. asat] a low, bad or unworthy man M.III,37; SnA 479 (= anariya Sn.664). (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asappāya: {'def': '【形】无益的，不愉快的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】无益的，不愉快的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asaraṇa: {'def': '【形】无助的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】无助的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asat: {'def': '(Asanto) [a + sat, ppr. of asti] not being, not being good, i. e. bad, not genuine (cp. asa); freq., e. g. Sn.94, 131, 881, 950; Dh.73, 77, 367; It.69 (asanto nirayaṁ nenti). See also asaddhamma. *Asati (& Asanāti q. v.) [Sk. aśnāti, aś to partake of, to eat or drink cp. aṁśa share, part] to eat; imper. asnātu J V 376; fut. asissāmi Th.1, 223; Sn.970. -- ppr. med. asamāna J.V,59; Sn.239. ger. asitvā Miln.167; & asitvāna J.IV,371 (an°). pp. asita (q. v.). See also the spurious forms asmiye & añhati (añhamāna Sn.240), also āsita¹. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asati: {'def': '(as吃+a), 吃。asesi,【过】。asita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(as + a), 吃。 asesi, 【过】。 asita, 【过分】。(p45)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(asanta 的【处】)，缺乏。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(asanta 的【处】)，缺乏，匮乏(ui7 huat8)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asatiyā: {'def': '【副】无心地。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adv.) [Instr. of a + sati] heedlessly, unintentionally J.III,486. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【副】无心地。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asatta: {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of a + sajjati] not clinging or attached, free from attachment Sn.1059; Dh.419; Nd² 107, 108; DhA.IV,228. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】非附件的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】非附件的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asattha: {'def': '(n. adj.) [a + sattha] absence of a sword or knife, without a knife, usually comb^d. with adaṇḍa in var. phrases: see under daṇḍa. Also at Th.1, 757 (+ avaṇa). (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asayaŋvasī: {'def': '【形】不是自己所能控制的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asayaṁvasin: {'def': '(a + sayaṁ + vasiṁ),【形】不是自己所能控制的(not under one’s own control)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + sayaṁ + vasiṁ] not under one’s own control, i. e. dependent D.II,262; J.I,337. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asayha: {'def': '【形】无法忍受的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(a + sayha, grd. of sah = Sk. asahya),【形】无法忍受的(impossible, insuperable)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + sayha, grd. of sah = Sk. asahya] impossible, insuperable J.VI,337. Usually in cpd. °sāhin conquering the unconquerable, doing the impossible, acchieving what has not been achieved before Th.1, 536, Pv.II,9²² (Aṅgīrasa); It.32. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asañña: {'def': 'asaññī, 【形】无意识的。 ~bhava, 【阳】无意识的空间。(p45)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '﹐asaññī,【形】无意识的。asaññabhava,【阳】无意识的空间。asaññāsattā devā﹐无想有情天。Asaññasattāyatanaṁ,无想有情处(无想天)。修无想定的方法是，从第四禅出定后，修厌离名法的方法(离名行nāmavirāga bhāvanā)，不断作意‘dhī nāma, dhī nāma’(名法是可厌的，名法是可厌的)，直到证得无想定。《俱舍论》：「无想定，为求解脱厌坏於想，以‘出离想’作意为先，而得证入。」(T29.401.2)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + saññā] unconscious, °sattā unconscious beings N. of a class of Devas D.I,28 (cp. DA.I,118 and BSk. asaṁjñika-sattvāḥ Divy 505). (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asaññata: {'def': '(adj.) [a + saññata, pp. of saṁ + yam] unrestrained, intemperate, lacking self-control It.43 = 90 = Sn.662 = Dh.307. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(= na + saŋyata), 不抑制，不节制的。(p45)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(= na+saṁyata), 不抑制，不节制的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asaññin: {'def': '(adj.) [a + saññin] unconscious D.I,54 (°gabbhā, cp. DA.I,163); III,111, 140, 263; It.87; Sn.874. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asaŋhārima: {'def': '【形】固定的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asaŋhīra: {'def': '【形】不可动摇的，坚定不移的，不可征服的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asaŋsaṭṭha: {'def': '【形】未混杂他物的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asaŋvuta: {'def': '【形】不关闭的，无限制的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asaŋvāsa: {'def': '【形】不适合交往的。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asaṁgāhanā: {'def': '﹐【阴】没有掌握。DhsA.CS:p.296︰Rūpādīsu ekadhammampi aniccādisāmaññato na saṅgaṇhātīti,(从无常等共相，没有掌握在‘色’等一法)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asaṁhārima: {'def': '【形】固定的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) = asaṁhāriya (?) Vin.IV,272. (Page 86)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asaṁhāriya: {'def': '(adj.) [grd. of a + saṁharati] not to be destroyed or shattered It.77; Th.1, 372; Nd² 110. (Page 86)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asaṁhīra: {'def': '(adj.) [= asaṁhāriya of saṁ + hṛ] immovable, unconquerable, irrefutable Vin.II,96; S.I,193; A.IV,141; V,71; Sn.1149 (as Ep. of Nibbāna, cp. Nd² 110); J.I, 62; IV,283 (°citta unfaltering); Dpvs.IV,12. (Page 86)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不可动摇的，坚定不移的，不可征服的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asaṁsaggakathā: {'def': '无杂论。AA.5.90./III,275.︰Asaṁsaggakathāti pañcavidhena saṁsaggena asaṁsaṭṭhā hothāti kathanakathā.(无杂论︰未连结五种杂染之论。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asaṁsaṭṭha: {'def': '(adj.) [a + saṁsaṭṭha] not mixed or mixing, not associating, not given to society M.I,214; S.I,63; Sn.628 = Dh.404 (= dassana-savana-samullāpa paribhogakāya-saṁsaggānaṁ abhāvena SnA 468 = DhA.IV,173). (Page 86)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(a+saṁsaṭṭha),【形】未连结的、未结交的。DhA.v.404.︰asaṁsaṭṭhanti dassana-savana-samullapana-paribhoga-kāya- saṁsaggānaṁ abhāvena asaṁsaṭṭhaṁ.(‘未结交’即见、听、交谈、受用、连络的消失称为未结交。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asaṁvara: {'def': '[a + saṁvāra] absence of closing or restraint, no control Dhs.1345. (Page 86)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asaṁvata: {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of + saṁvuṇati, cp. saṁvuta] unrestricted, open J.VI,306. (Page 86)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asaṁvindaṁ: {'def': '[ppr. a + saṁvindati] not finding, not knowing Th.1, 717. (Page 86)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asaṁvuta: {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of a + saṁvuṇāti, cp. saṁvata] not restrained Dhs.1345, 1347. (Page 86)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不关闭的，无限制的。S.35.97./IV,78.：“Cakkhundriyaṁ asaṁvutassa, bhikkhave, viharato cittaṁ byāsiñcati. Cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu tassa byāsittacittassa pāmojjaṁ na hoti. Pāmojje asati pīti na hoti. Pītiyā asati passaddhi na hoti. Passaddhiyā asati dukkhaṁ hoti. Dukkhino cittaṁ na samādhiyati. Asamāhite citte dhammā na pātubhavanti. Dhammānaṁ apātubhāvā pamādavihārī tveva saṅkhyaṁ gacchati.…”(诸比丘！不遮盖眼而住者，则心被污；其心为眼所识之色境所污，则无悦；无悦则无喜；无喜则无轻安；无轻安则有苦；有苦者之心则不得定；心不得定则诸法不显现，诸法不显现，则称为放逸住者。)(耳、鼻、舌、身、意根亦同) (亦见：S.42.13./IV,351.；S.55.40./V,398.(《杂阿含855经》T2.217 .3)；《长部》D.33./III,242.)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asaṁvāsa: {'def': '【形】不适合交往的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + saṁvāsa] deprived of co-residence, expelled from the community Vin.IV,213, 214. (Page 86)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asaṁṭhita: {'def': '(adj.) [a + saṇṭhita] not composed, unsettled, fickle It.62, 94. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asaṅga: {'def': '【阳】不附著，不执著。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + saṅga] not sticking to anything, free from attachment, unattached Th.2, 396 (°mānasa, = anāsattacitta ThA.259); Miln.343. Cp. next. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '非附着。(p45)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asaṅgita: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. asaṅga, a + saṅgita, or should we read asaṅgika?] not sticking or stuck, unimpeded, free, quick J.V,409. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asaṅkhata: {'def': '【形】无条件的，无准备的，无为的。asaṅkhatadhātu,【阴】无条件的境界。S.43.12./IV,362.：“rāgakkhayo dosakkhayo mohakkhayo-- idaṁ vuccati, bhikkhave, asaṅkhataṁ.”(贪欲灭尽、瞋恚灭尽、愚痴灭尽，诸比丘！此称为‘无为’。) A.3.47./I,152.：Na uppādo paññāyati, na vayo paññāyati, na ṭhitassa aññathattaṁ paññāyati.Imāni kho, bhikkhave, tīṇi asaṅkhatassa asaṅkhatalakkhaṇānī”ti.(生不出现，灭不出现，变动不出现。诸比丘！此等三者，是无为之无为相。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】无条件的，无准备的。 ~dhātu, 【阴】无条件的境界。(p45)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asaṅkhatadhamma: {'def': '(梵asaṃskrtadharma)﹐无为法。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asaṅkheyya: {'def': '【形】无法计数的，阿僧祇。【中】最高书写数位有 141个零。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + saṅkheyya, grd. of saṁ-khyā] incalculable, innumerable, nt. an immense period A.II,142; Miln.232 (cattāri a.), 289 DhA.I,5, 83, 104. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】无法计数的。【中】最高书写数字有 141个零。(p45)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asaṅkiliṭṭha: {'def': '【形】不沾染的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】不沾染的。(p45)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asaṅkita: {'def': '& °iya (adj.) [a + saṅkita, pp. of śaṅk] not hesitating, not afraid, not anxious, firm, bold J.I,334 (°iya); V,241; Sdhp.435, 541. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asaṅkiṇṇa: {'def': '【形】未混杂他物的，不拥挤的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】未混杂他物的，不拥挤的。(p45)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asaṅkuppa: {'def': '(adj.) [a + saṅkuppa, grd. of kup] not to be shaken; immovable; steady, safe (Ep. of Nibbāna) Sn.1149 (cp. Nd² 106); Th.1, 649. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asaṅkusaka: {'def': '(adj.) [a + saṅkusaka, which is distorted from Sk. saṅkasuka splitting, crumbling, see Kern, Toev. p. 18] not contrary J.VI,297 (°vattin, C. appaṭilomavattin, cp. J trsl^n. VI,143). (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asaṇṭhita: {'def': '【形】不结实的，不善建立的，未处理的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】不结实的，不善建立的，未处理的。(p45)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asaṭha: {'def': '【形】诚实的，不欺诈的。(p45)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + saṭha] without guile, not fraudulent, honest D.III,47, 55, 237; DhA.I,69. (Page 87)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(a不+ saṭha欺诈的),【形】不欺诈的，不狡诈的，诚实的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asecanaka: {'def': '(adj.) [a + secana + ka, fr. sic to sprinkle, cp. B.Sk. asecanaka-darśana in same meaning e. g. Divy 23, 226, 334] unmixed, unadulterated, i. e. with full and unimpaired properties, delicious, sublime, lovely M.I,114; S.I,213 (a. ojava “that elixir that no infusion needs” Mrs Rh. D.) = Th.2, 55 (expl^d. as anāsittakaṁ pakatiyā’va mahārasaṁ at ThA.61) = Th.2, 196 (= anāsittakaṁ ojavantaṁ sabhāva-madhuraṁ ThA.168); S.V,321; A.III,237 sq. Miln.405. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】本来丰满又可口的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】本来丰满又可口的。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asekha: {'def': 'asekkha,【形】无学（毕业者）。【阳】阿罗汉。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(& Asekkha) (adj. n.) [a + sekha] not requiring to be trained, adept, perfect, m. one who is no longer a learner, an expert; very often meaning an Arahant (cp. B.Sk. aśaikṣa occurring only in phrase śaikṣâśaikṣāh those in training & the adepts, e.g. Divy 261, 337; Av. Ś I.269, 335; II,144) Vin.I,62 sq.; III,24; S.I,99; D.III,218, 219; It.51 (asekho sīlakkhandho; v. l. asekkha); Pug.14 (= arahant); Dhs.584, 1017, 1401; Kvu 303 sq.

--muni the perfectly Wise DhA.III,321. --bala the power of an Arahant, enum^d. in a set of 10 at Ps.II,173, cp. 176. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'asekkha,【形】无学(毕业者)。【阳】阿罗汉。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asesa: {'def': '(adj.) [a + sesa] not leaving a remnant, without a remainder, all, entire, complete Sn.2 sq., 351, 355, 500, 1037 (= sabba Nd² 113). As °- (adv.) entirely, fully, completely Sn.p. 141 (°virāga-nirodha); Miln.212 (°vacana inclusive statement). (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】整个的，所有的。 asesaŋ, 【副】完全，完全地。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】整个的，所有的。asesaṁ,【副】完全，完全地。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asesita: {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of a + Caus. of śiṣ, see seseti & sissati] leaving nothing over, having nothing left, entire, whole, all J.III,153. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asevanā: {'def': '(f.) [a + sevanā] not practising, abstinence from Sn.259 (= abhajanā apayirupāsanā KhA 124). (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】非结交的。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】非结交的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asi: {'def': '【阳】刀剑。 ~ggāhaka, 【阳】（国王的）捧剑者。 ~camma, 【中】刀剑和盾。 ~dhārā, 【阴】刀剑的边缘。 ~patta, 【中】刀剑的刀锋。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】刀剑。asiggāhaka,【阳】(国王的)捧剑者。asicamma,【中】刀剑和盾。asidhārā,【阴】刀剑的边缘。asipatta,【中】刀剑的刀锋。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Vedic asi, Av. aṁhū Lat. ensis] a sword, a large knife D.I,77 (= DA.I,222); M.II,99; A.I,48 = (asinā sīsaṁ chindante); IV,97 (asinā hanti attānaṁ); J.IV,118 (asi sunisito), 184; V,45 (here meaning “sickle”), 475 (asiñ ca me maññasi, probably faulty for either “āsiñ ca me” or “āsiñcam me”); Vism.201 (ñāṇâsi the sword of knowledge); PvA.253 (asinā pahaṭa).

--camma sword & shield Vin.II,192; A.III,93; J.VI,449. --tharu the hilt of a sword DhA.IV,66. --nakha having nails like swords Pgdp 29. --patta having sword-like leaves, with swords (knives) for leaves (of the sword-leaf-wood in Niraya, a late feature in the descriptions of Purgatory in Indian speculative Theology, see e. g. Mārk-aṇḍeyapurāṇa XII.24 sq.; Mhbhārata XII.321; Manu IV.90; XII. 75; Scherman, Visionsliteratur pp. 23 sq.) J.VI,250 (°niraya); PvA.221 (°vana); Sdhp.194. --pāsa having swords for snares (a class of deities) Miln.191. --māla (-kamma) sword-garland (-torture) J.III,178 (+sīsaṁ chindāpeti); Dāvs III,35. Preferable to interpretation “sword-dirt”, see māla (mālā). --lakkhana “swordsign”, i.e. (fortune-telling from) marks or a sword D.I,9; J.I,455. --loma having swords for hair S.II,257, cp. Vin.III,106. --sūna slaughter-house (so also B.Sk. asisūnā Divy 10, 15; see further detail under “kāma” similes) Vin.II,26; M.I,130, 143; A.III,97. --sūla a swordblade Th.2, 488 (expl^d. at ThA.287 by adhikuṭṭanatthena, i.e. with reference to the executioner’s block, cp. also sattisūla). (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asika: {'def': '(adj.) (-°) [asi + ka] having a sword, with a sword in phrase ukkhitt’asika with drawn sword, M.I,377; J.I,393. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asilesā: {'def': '【阴】柳宿（二十七星宿之一）。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】柳宿(二十七星宿之一)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asisūna: {'def': '(asi刀+sūna切肉台)﹐【阴】屠宰场。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asita: {'def': '⁴ (m. nt.) [fr. asi] a sickle J.III,129; V 46. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'm. アシタ, 阿私陀 [降誕直後の仏を占相した仙人].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '¹ [Sk. aśita, pp. of *asati, Sk. aśnāti] having eaten, eating; (nt.) that which is eaten or enjoyed, food M.I,57; A.III,30, 32 (°pīta-khāyita etc.); PvA.25 (id.); J.VI,555 °(āsana having enjoyed one’s food, satisfied). Cp. āsita¹. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '³ (adj.) [Sk. asita; Idg. *ās, cp. Lat. āreo to be dry, i. e. burnt up; Gr. a]/zw to dry; orig. meaning burnt, hence of burnt, i. e. black colour (of ashes)] black-blue, black M.II,180 (°vyābhaṅgī); A.III,5 (id.); Th.2, 480 (= indanīla ThA.286); J.III,419 (°âpaṅgin black-eyed); v. 302; Dāvs.I,45. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】1.食物。2.镰刀。(asati 或 asnāti 的【过分】) 已吃。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. アシタ(Asita的片假名發音), 阿私陀 [為剛初生時之(釋迦牟尼)佛占相的仙人].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【中】 1. 食物。 2. 镰刀。 (asati 或 asnāti 的【过分】) 已吃。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '² (adj.) [a + sita pp. of *śri, Sk. aśrita] not clinging to, unattached, independent, free (from wrong desires) D.II,261 (°âtiga); M.I,386; Th.1, 38, 1242 (see Mrs Rh. D. in Brethren 404 note 2); J.II,247; It.97; Sn.251, 519, 593, 686 (Asitavhaya, called the Asita i.e. the Unattached; cp. SnA 487), 698 (id.), 717, 957, 1065 (cp. Nd² 111 & nissaya). (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(na + sita), 【形】黑色。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(na+sita),【形】黑色。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asithila: {'def': '【形】僵硬，不宽松的。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(a+sithila松弛的),【形】强硬的，不松弛的。asithilavīriya﹐已紮实的精进(paggahitavīriyaṁ＝asithilavīriya﹐见Sīlakkhandhavaggaṭīkā《长部》戒蕴品疏CS:p.3.80.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asman: {'def': '(nt.) [Vedic aśman; the usual P. forms are amha and asama²] stone, rock; only in Instr. asmanā SnA 362. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asmasati: {'def': '[spurious form for the usual assasati = Sk. āśvasati] to trust, to rely on J.V,56 (Pot. asmase). (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asmi: {'def': '(I am) see atthi. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(as 的【1.单】), 我是。asmāna,【阳】自傲，自我中心癖。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(as 的【壹，单】), 我是。 asmāna, 【阳】自傲，自我中心癖。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asmimāna: {'def': '[asmi + māna] the pride that says “I am”, pride of self, egotism (same in B.Sk. e.g. Divy 210, 314) Vin.I,3; D.III,273; M.I,139, 425; A.III,85; Ps.I,26; Kvu 212; DhA.I,237. Cp. ahaṁ asmi. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(asmi我+māna慢), 我慢。asmimānasamugghāta, 断绝我慢。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asmiye: {'def': '1 sg. ind. pres. med. of aś to eat, in sense of a fut. “I shall eat” J.V,397, 405 (C. bhuñjissāmi). The form is to be expl^d. as denom. form^n. fr. --āśa food, = aṁsiyati and with metathesis asmiyati. See also añhati which would correspond either to *aṁśyati or aśnāti (see asati). (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asmā: {'def': '【阳】石头。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】石头。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asnāti: {'def': '[Sk. aśnāti to eat, to take food; the regular Pāli forms are asati (as base) and asanāti] to eat; imper. asnātu J.V,376. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(as+nā), 吃。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(as + nā), 吃。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asobhana: {'def': '【形】丑陋的，不合适的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】丑陋的，不合适的。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asoka: {'def': 'm. [Sk. Aśoka] (Asoka的片假名發音)アソーカ, アショーカ, 阿育王, 無憂王.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '【形】无悲伤。【阳】无忧花（热带亚洲产的一种美丽的豆科乔木 (Saracaindica)，因它的深桔红色的花而栽培，并用作点缀寺庙）。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】无悲伤。【阳】无忧树(Jonesia Asoka，热带亚洲产的一种美丽的豆科乔木，因它的深桔红色的花而栽培，并用作点缀寺庙)。Asoka﹐阿育王。据《岛史Dīpavaṁsa》(VI.1,19f)、《大史Mahāvaṁsa》(V,21)与《律藏注释书Samantapāsādikā》(I, p.41.)，阿育王於公元前325~326年即位。此时距佛陀涅盘约218年，因此，佛陀的涅盘约在公元前543~544年)。现代学者认为阿育王即位的时间应该是公元前268年，而有佛陀涅盘於公元前486年之说。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '¹ (adj.) [a + soka, cp. Sk. aśoka] free from sorrow Sn.268 (= nissoka abbūḷha-soka-salla KhA 153); Dh.412; Th.2, 512. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '（国王名）阿首咖，（古音译：）阿育王，阿输迦，阿恕伽', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}; {'def': 'm. [Sk. Aśoka] アソーカ, アショーカ, 阿育, 無憂 [王].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '² [Sk. aśoka] the Asoka tree, Jonesia Asoka J.V,188; Vv 35⁴, 35⁹ (°rukkha); Vism.625 (°aṅkura); VvA.173 (°rukkha). (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asotatā: {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. a + sota + ta, having no ears, being earless J.VI,16. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asoṇḍa: {'def': '(adj.) [a + soṇḍa] not being a drunkard, abstaining from drink J.V,116. -- f. asoṇḍī A.III,38. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assa: {'def': '【阳】1.马，2.角落。assakhaluṅka,【阳】劣马。assagopaka,【阳】马夫。assatara,【阳】骡(gabbho assatariṁ, gabbhamassatarī如骡怀胎(必定死))(讽刺固执的人说︰「像骡子一样固执」)。assatthara,【阳】马的套；象、马或马车的小地毯。assadamma,【阳】要被训练的马。assadamaka,【阳】训马师。assapotaka,【阳】小马。assabandha,【阳】马夫。assabhaṇḍaka,【中】马饰。assamaṇḍala,【中】赛马场。assamedha,【阳】马祭。assaratha,【阳】马车。assavāṇija,【阳】马商。assasenā,【阴】骑兵。assājānīya,【阳】好马。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '² [for aṁsa² = Sk. aśra point, corner, cp. Sk. aśri, Gr. a)/kros & o)cuζ sharp, Lat. acer] corner, point; occurs only in cpd. caturassa four-cornered, quadrangular, regular (of symmetrical form, Vin.II,316; J.IV,46, 492; Pv.II,1¹⁹. Perhaps also at Th.2, 229 (see under assa³). Occurs also in form caturaṁsa under catur). (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】 1. 马，2. 角落。 ~khaluṅka, 【阳】劣马。 ~gopaka, 【阳】马夫。 ~tara, 【阳】骡。 ~tthara, 【阳】马的套。 ~damma, 【阳】要被训练的马。 ~damaka, 【阳】训马师。 ~potaka, 【阳】小马。 ~bandha,【阳】马夫。 ~bhaṇḍaka, 【中】马饰。 ~maṇḍala, 【中】赛马场。 ~medha,【阳】马祭。 ~ratha, 【阳】马车。 ~vāṇija, 【阳】马商。 ~senā, 【阴】骑兵。 ~ājānīya, 【阳】好马。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '¹ [for aṁsa¹, q. v. for etym.] shoulder; in cpd. assapuṭa shoulder-bag, knapsack i. e. a bag containing provisions, Instr. assupuṭena with provisions. Later exegesis has interpreted this as a bag full of ashes, and vv. ll. as well as Commentators take assa = bhasma ashes (thus also Morris J P T S. 1893, 10 without being able to give an etymology). The word was already misunderstood by Bdhgh. when he explained the Dīgha passage by bhasmapuṭena, sīse chārikaṁ okiritvā ti attho DA.I,267. After all it is the same as puṭaṁsa (see under aṁsa¹). -- D.I,98, cp. A.II,242 (v. l. bhasma°); DA.I,267 (v.l. bhassa°). (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【叁，单，潜】可能是。 (ima 的【与，领，单】) 给这个，这个的。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '⁵ 3. sg. Pot. of asmi (see atthi). (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '2, ima(这个人)的【阳】【单】【与.属】给这个，这个的。。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '³ [Vedic aśva, cp. Av. aspō; Gr. i(/ppos, dial. i(/kkos; Lat. equus; Oir. ech; Gall. epo-; Cymr. ep, Goth. aíhva; Os. ehu; Ags. eoh) a horse; often mentioned alongside of and comb^d. with hatthi (elephant) Vin.III,6 (pañcamattehi assa-satehi), 52 (enum^d. under catuppadā, quadrupeds, with hatthi oṭṭha goṇa gadrabha & pasuka); A.II,207; V,271; Sn.769 (gavâssa). At Th.II,229 the commentary explains caturassa as “four in hand” ; but the context shows that the more usual sense of caturassa (see assa²) was probably what the poet meant; Dh.94, 143, 144 (bhadra, a good horse), 380 (id.); Vv 20³ (+ assatarī); VvA.78; DhA.I,392 (hatthi-assâdayo); Sdhp.367 (duṭṭh°).

--ājāniya [cp. BSk. aśvājāneya Divy 509, 511] a thoroughbred horse, a blood horse A.I,77, 244; II,113 sq., 250 sq.; III,248, 282 sq.; IV,188, 397; V,166, 323; PvA.216. See also ājāniya. --âroha one who climbs on a horse, a rider on horseback, N. of an occupation “cavalry” D.I,51 (+ hatthâroha; expl^d. at DA.I,156 by sabbe pi assācariyaassavejja-assabhaṇḍādayo). --kaṇṇa N. of a tree, Vatica Robusta, lit. “horse-ear” (cp. similarly Goth. aíhva-tundi the thornbush, lit. horse-tooth) J.II,161; IV,209; VI,528. --khaluṅka an inferior horse (“shaker”), opp. sadassa. A.I,287 = IV.397. --tthara a horse cover, a horse blanket Vin.I,192; D.I,7 --damma a horse to be tamed, a fierce horse, a stallion A.II,112; °sārathi a horse trainer A.II,112, 114; V,323 sq.; DhA.IV,4. --potaka the young of a horse, a foal or colt J.II,288. --bandha a groom J.II,98; V,449; DhA.I,392. --bhaṇḍa (for °bandha? or should we read °paṇḍaka?) a groom or horse-trainer, a trader in horses Vin.I,85 (see on form of word Kern, Toev. p. 35). --bhaṇḍaka horse-trappings J.II,113. --maṇḍala circus Vism.308, cp. M.I,446. --maṇḍalika exercising-ground Vin.III,6. --medha N. of a sacrifice: the horse-sacrifice [Vedic aśvamedha as Np.] S.I,76 (v. l. sassa°); It.21 (+ purisamedha); Sn.303. --yuddha a horse-fight D.I,7. --rūpaka a figure of a horse, a toy horse DhA.II,69 (+ hatthi-rūpaka). --lakkhaṇa (earning fees by judging) the marks on a horse D.I,9. --laṇḍa horse-manure, horsedung DhA.IV,156 (hatthi-laṇḍa +). --vāṇija a horsedealer Vin.III,6. --sadassa a noble steed of the horse kind A.I,289 = IV.397 (in comparison with purisa°). (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '1, atthi的【三.单.潜】可能是。cf. atthi(有，在，存在)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '⁴ is Gen. Dat. sg. of ayaṁ, this. (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assaddha: {'def': '【形】无信的，不信宗教的。assaddhiya,【中】不信仰。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + saddhā] without faith, unbelieving, Sn.663; Pug.13, 20; Dhs.1327; DhA.II,187. (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】无信的，不信宗教的。 assaddhiya, 【中】不信仰。(p48)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Assaddhiya: {'def': '(nt.) [a + saddhiya, in form, but not in meaning a grd. of saddahati, for which usually saddheyya; cp. Sk. aśradheyya incredible] disbelief S.I,25; A.III,421; V,113 sq., 146, 148 sq., 158, 161; Vbh.371; DA.I,235; Sdhp.80. (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assaji: {'def': 'm. [Sk. Aśvajit] 阿説示, 馬勝 [五比丘の一].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': '（比库名）阿沙基，（古音译：）阿说示', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}; {'def': '【阳】1.(五比丘之一)马胜，马师，頞鞞，音译︰阿说示。2. (恶比丘之一)马师(另一位︰满宿)。(《善见律毘婆沙》卷第十四, T24.770.1)︰「污他家比丘者，此是马师、满宿(Assaji-Punabbasuka)。於六群比丘中最是上座。」', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'm. [Sk. Aśvajit] 尊者阿說示(馬勝比丘) [五比丘之ー].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

Assaka: {'def': '¹ (-°) [assa³ + ka] with a horse, having a horse; an’without a horse J.VI,515 (+ arathaka). (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】赤贫的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '² (adj.) [a + saka; Sk. asvaka] not having one’s own, poor, destitute M.I,450; II,68; A.III,352; Ps.I,126 (v. l. asaka). (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】赤贫的。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Assakaṇṇa: {'def': '【阳】 1. 粗壮婆罗双（东印度的一种材用树种 (Shorea robusia)，其叶可做为紫胶虫的食物）。 2. 阿沙干那，一座山的名字。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】1.粗壮婆罗双(东印度的一种材用树种 (Shorea robusia)，其叶可做为紫胶虫的食物)。2.阿沙干那，一座山名。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Assama: {'def': '【阳】庐屋，偏僻的寺院。(p48)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】庐屋，偏僻的寺院。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + śram] a hermitage (of a brahmin ascetic esp. a jaṭila) Vin.I,24 = IV.108; I,26, 246; III,147; Sn.979; Sn.p. 104, 111; J.I,315 (°pada) V.75 (id.) 321. VI,76 (°pada). The word is not found anywhere in the Canon in the technical sense of the later Sanskrit law books, where “the 4 āśramas” is used as a t. t. for the four stages in the life of a brahmin priest (not of a brahmin by birth). See Dial. I.211--217. (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assamaṇa: {'def': '【阳】非沙门，假和尚，丢失出家身份的人。(p48)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】非沙门，假和尚，丢失出家身份的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[a + samaṇa] not a true Samaṇa Vin.I,96; Sn.282; Pug.27 (so read for asamaṇa); Pug.A 207. -- f. assamaṇī Vìn IV.214. (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assasati: {'def': '(ā+sas(梵wvas) 吹+a), 1.呼气(to breathe, to breathe out, to exhale)。2.舒畅的呼气( to breathe freely or quietly, to feel relieved, to be comforted, to have courage；assasitvāna ger. = vissamitvā)。3.进入呼气( to enter by the breath, to bewitch, enchant, take possession)。【过】assasi。【过分】assattha2。【独】assasitvā。【现分】assasanta(正在呼气者)。【使】assāseti。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ā + śvas, on semantical inversion of ā & pa see under ā¹ 3] 1. to breathe, to breathe out, to exhale, J I 163; VI,305 (gloss assāsento passāsento susu ti saddaṁ karonto); Vism.272. Usually in comb^n. with passasati to inhale, i. e. to breathe in & out, D.II,291 = M.I,56, cp. M.I,425; J.II,53, cp. V.36. -- 2. to breathe freely or quietly, to feel relieved, to be comforted, to have courage S.IV,43; J.IV,93 assasitvāna ger. = vissamitvā c.); VI,190 (assāsa imper., with mā soci); med. assase J.IV,57 (C. for asmase T.; expl^d. by vissase), 111 (°itvā). -- 3. to enter by the breath, to bewitch, enchant, take possession J.IV,495 (= assāsa-vātena upahanati āvisati C.). -- Caus. assāseti. -- pp. assattha². See also assāsa-passāsa. (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ā + sas + a), 呼吸，吸入。(p48)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Assatara: {'def': '[Vedic aśvatara, aśva + compar. suffix tara in function of “a kind of”, thus lit. a kind of horse, cp. Lat. matertera a kind of mother. i. e. aunt] a mule Dh.322 = DhA.I,213; DhA.IV,4 (= vaḷavāya gadrabhena jāta); J.IV,464 (kambojake assatare sudante; imported from Cambodia); VI,342. -- f. assatarī a she-mule Vin.II,188; S.I,154; II,241; A.II,73; Miln.166. -- assatarī-ratha a chariot drawn by she-mules Vv 20³, 20⁸ (T. assatarī ratā) = 43⁸; Pv.I,11¹ (= assatariyutta ratha PvA.56); J.VI,355. (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assattha: {'def': '¹ [Vedic aśvattha, expl^d. in K Z I.467 as aśva-ttha dial. for aśva-stha “standing place for horses, which etym. is problematic; it is likely that the Sk. word is borrowed from a local dialect.] the holy fig-tree, Ficus, Religiosa; the tree under which the Buddha attained enlightenment, i. e. the Bo tree Vin.IV,35; D.II,4 (sammā-sambuddho assatthassa mūle abhisambuddho); S.V,96; J.I,16 (V.75, in word-play with assattha² of V.79). (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】菩提树（印度的一种著名的榕属植物 (Ficus Religiosa)，因植株高大，寿命长和在经济用途上为虫胶的来源而著称，它与孟加拉榕的区别在于无支根）。(p48)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(assādeti 的【过分】), 已安慰。(p48)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '([assādeti安慰] 的【过分】), 已安慰。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '² [pp. of assasati; cp. BSk. āsvasta Av. Ś I.210] encouraged, comforted A.IV,184 (v. l. as gloss assāsaka); Ps.I,131 (loka an°; v. l. assaka); J.I,16 (V.79 cp. assattha¹); VI,309 (= laddhassasa C.), 566. (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】菩提树(印度的一种著名的榕属植物 (Ficus Religiosa)，因植株高大，寿命长和在经济用途上为虫胶的来源而著称，它与孟加拉榕的区别在於无支根)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Assava: {'def': '(adj.) [ā + sunāti, śru] loyal D.I,137; Sn.22, 23, 32; J.IV,98; VI,49; Miln.254; an° inattentive, not docile DhA.I,7. (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】忠诚的，注意的。【阳】流动，脓。(p48)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】忠诚的，注意的。【阳】流动，脓。puttā anassavā, 不孝子。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Assavanatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. assavana] not listening to, inattention M.I,168. (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assavanīya: {'def': '【形】难听的。(p48)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】难听的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + savanīya] not pleasant to hear Sdhp.82. (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assavati: {'def': '[ā + sru] to flow J.II,276 (= paggharati C.). Cp. also āsavati. (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assavaṇatā: {'def': '【阴】不注意。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】不注意。(p48)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Assaya: {'def': '[ā + sayati, śri] resting place, shelter, refuge, seat DA.I,67 (puññ°). Cp. BSk. rājāśraya Jtm 31⁵⁶; aśraya also in meaning “body”: see Av. Ś. I.175 & Index II.223. (Page 90)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assayuja: {'def': '【阳】阿湿缚庾阇月（月份名，大约在九月至十月之间），娄宿（二十七星宿之一）。(p48)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】阿湿缚庾闍月(月份名，大约在九月至十月之间，农历8月16至9月15)，娄宿(二十七星宿之一)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Assirī: {'def': '(adj.) [a + sirī] without splendour, having lost its brightness, in assirī viya khāyati Nett 62 = Ud.79 (which latter has sassar’iva, cp. C. on passage l. c.). (Page 91)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assita: {'def': '(adj.) [Sk. aśrita, ā + pp. of śri] dependent on, relying, supported by (Acc.); abiding, living in or on D.II,255 (tad°); Vv 50¹⁶ (sīho va guhaṁ a.); Th.1, 149 (janaṁ ev’assito jano); Sdhp.401. (Page 91)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assu: {'def': '【无】语调强的词。【潜，叁，复】可能是。(p48)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '2,【无】语调强的词。【3复.潜】可能是。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】泪。 ~dhārā, 【阴】掉泪。 ~mukha, 【形】满脸泪水。 ~mocana,【中】流泪。(p48)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '³ (indecl.) [Sk. sma] expletive part. also used in emphatic sense of “surely, yes, indeed” Sn.231 (according to Fausböll, but preferably with P. T. S. ed. as tayas su for tay’assu, cp. KhA 188); Vv 32⁴ (assa v. l. SS) = VvA.135 (assū ti nipāta-mattaṁ). Perhaps we ought to take this assu³ together with the foll. assu⁴ as a modification of ssu (see su²). Cp. āsu. (Page 91)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² is 3^rd pl. pot. of atthi. (Page 91)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '¹ (nt.) [Vedic aśru, Av. asrū, Lith aszarà, with etym. not definitely clear: see Walde, Lat. Wtb. under lacrima] a tear Vin.I,87 (assūni pavatteti to shed tears); S.II,282 (id.); Dh.74; Th.2, 496 (cp. ThA.289); KhA 65; DhA.I,12 (°puṇṇa-netta with eyes full of tears); II,98; PvA.125.

--dhārā a shower of tears DhA.IV,15 (pavatteti to shed). --mukha (adj.) with tearful face [cp. BSk. aśrumukha e. g. Jtm 31¹⁶] D.I,115, 141; Dh.67; Pug.56; DA.I,284; PvA.39. --mocana shedding of tears PvA.18. (Page 91)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '⁴ part. for Sk. svid (and sma?) see under su². According to this view Fausbölls reading ken’assu at Sn.1032 is to be emended to kena ssu. (Page 91)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '1,【中】泪(a tear)。assudhārā,【阴】掉泪(a shower of tears)。assumukha(cp. BSk. awrumukha),【形】满脸泪水。assumocana,【中】流泪。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Assuka: {'def': '(nt.) [assu¹ + ka] a tear Vin.II,289; Sn.691; Pv IV.5³. (Page 91)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assuta: {'def': '【形】未听过的。assutavantu,【形】无知识的，没有学问的人。SA.12.61./II,97.：assutavāti khandhadhātu-āyatanapaccayākārasatipaṭṭhānādīsu uggahaparipucchāvinicchayarahito.(具有无闻：蕴、界、处、缘起、念住等没有生起研究、辨别。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】未听过的。 ~vantu, 【形】无知识的，没有学问的人。(p48)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Assutavant: {'def': '(adj.) [a + sutavant] one who has not heard, ignorant M.I,1, 8, 135; Dhs.1003, 1217, cp. Dhs.trsl. 258. (Page 91)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assā: {'def': '1,【阴】母马。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '2, ima (这个人)的【阴】【单】【与.属】给她，她的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】母马。(ima 的【与，领，单】) 给她，她的。(p48)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Assāda: {'def': '(ā + sādiyati, svad)【阳】assādanā,【阴】味道，味著，享乐，满足(taste, sweetness, enjoyment, satisfaction)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】 Assādanā, 【阴】味道，享乐，满足。(p48)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ā + sādiyati, svad] taste, sweetness, enjoyment, satisfaction D.I,22 (vedanānaṁ samudaya atthaṅgama assāda etc.); M.I,85; S.II,84 sq. (°ânupassin), 170 sq.; III,27 sq. (ko rūpassa assādo), 62, 102; IV,8 sq., 220; V,193, 203 sq.; A.I,50 (°ânupassin), 258, 260; II,10; III,447 (°diṭṭhi) J.I,508; IV,113, Sn.448; Ps.I,139 sq., (°diṭṭhi), 157; cp. I.10¹⁷; Pv IV.6² (kām°); Vbh.368 (°diṭṭhi); Nett 27 sq.; Miln.388; Vism.76 (paviveka-ras’); Sdhp.37, 51. See also appassāda under appa. (Page 91)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assādanā: {'def': '(f.) [cp. assāda] sweetness, taste, enjoyment S.I,124; Sn.447 (= sādubhāva SnA 393). (Page 91)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assādeti: {'def': '[denom. fr. assāda] to taste S.II,227 (lābha-sakkārasilokaṁ); Vism.73 (paviveka-sukha-rasaṁ); DhA.I,318. (Page 91)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ā+sad坐+e) (denom. fr. assāda), 尝味，享受(to taste)。assādesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ā + sad + e), 尝味，享受。 assādesi, 【过】。(p48)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Assādi: {'def': '(n), 【阳】【阴】【中】品尝，享乐(tasting, enjoyment, relishing)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Assāraddha: {'def': 'v. l. at It.111 for asāraddha. (Page 91)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assāsa: {'def': '【阳】 1. 吸入。 2. 安慰。(p48)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】1.吸入。2.安慰(comfort)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Sk. āśvāsa, ā + śvas] 1. (lit.) breathing, esp. breathing out (so Vism.272), exhalation, opp. to passāsa inhalation, with which often comb^d. or contrasted; thus as cpd. assāsa-passāsa meaning breathing (in & out), sign of life, process of breathing, breath D.II,157 = S.I,159 = Th.1, 905; D.III,266; M.I,243; S.I,106; IV,293; V,330, 336; A.IV,409; V,135; J.II,146; VI,82; Miln.31, 85; Vism.116, 197. -- assāsa in contrast with passāsa at Ps.I,95, 164 sq., 182 sq. -- 2. (fig.) breathing easily, freely or quietly, relief, comfort, consolation, confidence M.I,64; S.II,50 (dhamma-vinaye); IV,254 (param-assāsa-ppatta); A.I,192; III,297 sq. (dhamma-vinaye); IV,185; J.VI,309 (see assattha²); Miln.354; PvA.104 (°matta only a little breathing space); Sdhp.299 (param°), 313. (Page 91)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assāsa-passāsa: {'def': '(assāsapassāsā)﹐【阳】呼吸，台语：喘气chan2 khui3。自然的呼吸就是一种遍作相。注释中提到(注意)鼻孔相(nāsika-nimitta)与上唇相(mukha-nimitta)都是呼吸的遍作相。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Assāsaka: {'def': '(adj. n.) [fr. assāsa] 1. (cp. assāsa 1) having breath, breathing, in an° not able to draw breath Vin.III,84; IV,111. -- 2. (cp. assāsa²) (m. & nt.) that which gives comfort & relief, confidence, expectancy J.I,84; VI, 150. Cp. next. (Page 91)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(fr. assāsa),【形】【中】1. 有呼吸(having breath, breathing)。2.带来安慰的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】带来安慰的。(p48)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Assāsappattā: {'def': '(assāsa苏息+patta已得的)﹐【形】已苏息的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Assāseti: {'def': '[Caus. of assasati] to console, soothe, calm, comfort, satisfy J.VI,190, 512; DhA.I,13. (Page 91)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ā + sas + e), 安慰。 assāsesi, 【过】。(p48)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ā+sas+e), 安慰。assāsesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Assāsika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. assāsa in meaning of assāsa 2, cp. assāsaka 2] only in neg. an° not able to afford comfort, giving no comfort or security M.I,514; III,30; J.II,298 (= aññaṁ assāsetuṁ asamatthaṭāya na assāsika). Cp. BSk. anāśvāsika in ster. phrase anitya adhruva anāśvāsika vipariṇāmadharman Divy 207; Av. Ś. 139, 144; whereas the corresp. Pāli equivalent runs anicca addhuva asassata (= appāyuka) vipariṇāma-dhamma thus inviting the conjecture that BSk. āśvāsika is somehow distorted out of P. asassata. (Page 91)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assāsin: {'def': '(adj.) [Sk. āśvāsin] reviving, cheering up, consoled, happy S.IV,43 (an°). (Page 91)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Assāvin: {'def': '(adj.) [ā + sru] only in an° not enjoying or finding pleasure, not intoxicated Sn.853 (sātiyesu a. = sāta-vatthusa kāmaguṇesu taṇhā-santhava-virahita SnA 549). See also āsava. (Page 91)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asu: {'def': '(pron.) [Sk. asau (m.), adas (nt.); base amu° in oblique cases & derivation, e.g. adv. amutra (q.v.)] pron. dẹmonstr. “that”, that one, usually comb^d. with yo (yaṁ), e. g. asu yo so puriso M.I,366; yaṁ aduṁ khettaṁ S.IV,315. ‹-› Nom. sg. m. asu S.IV,195; Miln.242; f. asu J.V,396 (asū metri causâ); nt. aduṁ M.I,364, 483; A.I,250. Of oblique cases e. g. amunā (Instr.) A.I,250. Cp. also next. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'asuka, 【形】某某。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'asuka,【形】某某。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asubha: {'def': '【形】不愉快的，丑陋的。【中】尸体。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】不愉快的，丑陋的，不净的(古译：恶露)。【中】屍体。Vism.110.︰1Uddhumātakaṁ, 2vinīlakaṁ, 3vipubbakaṁ, 4vicchiddakaṁ, 5vikkhāyitakaṁ, 6vikkhittakaṁ, 7hatavikkhittakaṁ, 8lohitakaṁ, 9puḷuvakaṁ, 10aṭṭhikanti ime dasa asubha. (十不净(dasa asubha；the ten kinds of foulness)有：1.膨胀相(uddhumātaka；the bloated)，2.青瘀相(vinīlaka；the livid)，3.脓烂相(vipubbaka；festering)，4.断坏相(vicchiddaka；the cut-up)，5.食残相(vikkhāyitaka；the gnawed)，6.散乱相(vikkhittaka；the scattered)，7.斩斫相(hatavikkhittaka；the hacked and scattered)，8.血涂相(lohitaka；the bleeding)，9.虫聚相(puḷavaka；the worm-infested)，10.骸骨相(aṭṭhika；skeleton)。A.1.2./I,4.︰“Nāhaṁ, bhikkhave, aññaṁ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi yena anuppanno vā kāmacchando nuppajjati uppanno vā kāmacchando pahīyati yathayidaṁ, bhikkhave, asubhanimittaṁ. Asubhanimittaṁ, bhikkhave, yoniso manasi karoto anuppanno ceva kāmacchando nuppajjati uppanno ca kāmacchando pahīyatī”ti.(诸比丘！我不见别有一法，能使不生起未生之慾欲，或使断已生之慾欲。诸比丘！这就是不净相。诸比丘！从根源作意(如理作意)不净相者，即令不生起未生之慾欲，或令断已生之慾欲。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + subha] impure, unpleasant, bad, ugly, nasty; nt. °ṁ nastiness, impurity. Cp. on term and the Asubha-meditation, as well as on the 10 asubhas or offensive objects Dhs. trsl. 70 and Cpd. 121 n. 6. -- S.IV,111 (asubhato manasikaroti); V,320; Sn.341; Sdhp.368. --subhâsubha pleasant unpleasant, good & bad Sn.633; J.III, 243; Miln.136.

--ânupassin realising or intuiting the corruptness (of the body) It.80, 81; DhA.I,76. --kathā talk about impurity Vin.III,68. --kammaṭṭhāna reflection on impurity DhA.III,425. --nimitta sign of the unclean i. e. idea of impurity Vism.77. --bhāvanā contemplation of the impurity (of the body) Vin.III,68. --saññā idea of impurity D.III,253, 283, 289, 291. --saññin having an idea of or realising the impurity (of the body) It.93. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asuci: {'def': '【阳】污垢，排泄物，粪，屎，精液。【形】不纯的，不洁净的。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】污垢，排泄物，粪，屎，精液。【形】不纯的，不洁净的。asuci muccati, 遗精、梦遗。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + suci] not clean, impure, unclean Sn.75 (°manussā, see Nd² 112); Pug.27, 36; Sdhp.378, 603. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asucīka: {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. asuci] impurity, unclean living, defilement Sn.243 (°missita = asucibhāva-missita SnA 286. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asuddha: {'def': '【形】不洁净的。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】不洁净的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asuka: {'def': '(pron.-adj.) [asn + ka] such a one, this or that, a certain Vin.III,87; J.I,148; PvA.29, 30, 35, 109, 122 (°ṁ gatiṁ gata). (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asura: {'def': '阿修罗', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}; {'def': '[Vedic asura in more comprehensive meaning; connected with Av. ahurō Lord, ahurō mazdā°; perhaps to Av. anhuš & Lat. erus master] a fallen angel, a Titan; pl. asurā the Titans, a class of mythological beings. Dhpāla at PvA.272 & the C. on J.V,186 define them as kāḷakañjaka-bhedā asurā. The are classed with other similar inferior deities, e. g. with garuḷā, nāgā, yakkhā at Miln.117; with supaṇṇā, gandhabbā, yakkhā at DA.I,51. ‹-› The fight between Gods & Titans is also reflected in the oldest books of the Pāli Canon and occurs in identical description at the foll. passages under the title of devâsura-saṅgāma: D.II,285; S.I,222 (cp. 216 sq.), IV.201 sq., V.447; M.I,253; A.IV,432. -- Rebirth as an Asura is considered as one of the four unhappy rebirths or evil fates after death (apāyā; viz. niraya, tiracchāna-yoni, petā or pettivisaya, asurā), e. g. at It.93; J.V,186; Pv IV.11¹, see also apāya. -- Other passages in general: S.I,216 sq. (fight of Devas & Asuras); IV,203; A.II,91; IV,198 sq., 206; Sn.681; Nd¹ 89, 92, 448; DhA.I,264 (°kaññā); Sdhp.366, 436.

--inda Chief or king of the Titans. Several Asuras are accredited with the rôle of leaders, most commonly Vepacitti (S.I,222; IV,201 sq.) and Rāhu (A.II,17, 53; III,243). Besides these we find Pahārāda (gloss Mahābhadda) at A.IV,197. --kāya the body or assembly of the asuras A.I,143; J.V,186; ThA.285. --parivāra a retinue of Asuras A.II,91. --rakkhasā Asuras and Rakkhasas (Rakṣasas) Sn.310 (defined by Bdhgh at SnA 323 as pabbata-pāda-nivāsino dānava-yakkha-saññitā). (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】阿修罗。asurakāya,【阳】阿修罗王国，阿修罗集会。asurinda,【阳】阿修罗的国王。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】阿修罗。 ~kāya, 【阳】阿修罗王国，阿修罗集会。 asurinda,【阳】阿修罗的国王。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asuropa: {'def': '[probably a haplological contraction of asura-ropa. On various suggestions as to etym. & meaning see Morris’s discussion at J P T S. 1893, 8 sq. The word is found as āsulopa in the Asoka inscriptions] anger, malice, hatred; abruptness, want of forbearance Pug.18 = Vbh.357; Dhs.418, 1060, 1115, 1341 (an°); DhsA.396. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asussūsaṁ: {'def': '[ppr. of a + susūsati, Desid. of śru, cp. Sk. śuśrūṣati] not wishing to hear or listen, disobedient J.V,121. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asā: {'def': 'see āsa. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asādhāraṇa: {'def': '(adj.) [a + sādhāraṇa cp. asādhāraṇa Divy 561] not general, not shared, uncommon, unique Vin.III,35; Kh VIII,9; J.I,58, 78; Miln.285; DA.I,71; Sdhp.589, 592. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不共通的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】不寻常的。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asādisa: {'def': '参考 Asadisa。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(=Asadisa) 无比的，无敌的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asādu: {'def': '【形】差劲的味道，不合意的。【中】错误的行动。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】差劲的味道，不合意的。【中】错误的行动。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asāhasa: {'def': '(nt.) [a + sāhasa] absence of violence, meekness, peaceableness D.III,147 (asāhase rata fond of peace); Acc. as adv. asāhasaṁ without violence, not arbitrarily J.III,319; Instr. asāhasena id. J.VI,280; Dh.257 (= amusāvādena DhA.III,382). (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不暴力的，温顺的。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】不暴力的，温顺的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asāmapāka: {'def': '(adj.) [a + sāma + pāka] one who does not cook (a meal) for himself (a practice of ascetics) DA.I,270. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asāra: {'def': '【形】无价值的，无树液的，徒然的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(n. adj.) [a + sāra] that which is not substance, worthlessness; adj. worthless, vain, idle Sn.937 (= asāra nissāra sārâpagata Nd¹ 409); Dh.11, 12 (cp. DhA.I,114 for interpretation). (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】无价值的，无树液的，徒然的。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asāraddha: {'def': '【形】不刺激的，冷静的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + sāraddha] not excited, cool A.I,148 = It.119 (passaddho kāyo a.; v.l. assāraddha). (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不刺激的，冷静的。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Asāraka: {'def': '(adj.) [a + sāraka] unessential, worthless, sapless, rotten Th.1, 260; J.II,163 = DhA.I,144. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asāta: {'def': '(adj.) [a + sāta, Sk. aśāta, Kern’s interpretation & etymology of asāta at Toev. s.v. p. 90 is improbable] disagreeable Vin.I,78 (asātā vedanā, cp. asātā vedanā M Vastu I 5); Sn.867; J.I,288, 410; II,105; Dhs.152, 1343. (Page 88)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不愉快的。【中】痛苦，苦楚。(p46)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】不愉快的。【中】痛苦，苦楚。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asīti: {'def': '【阴】八十。asītima,【形】第八十的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】八十。 ~ma, 【形】第八十的。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(num.) [Sk. aśīti] 80 (on symbolical meaning & freq. application see aṭṭha¹ B 1 c, where also most of the ref’s. In addition we mention the foll.:) J.I,233 (°hattha 80 hands, i. e. 80 cubits deep); III,174 (°sahassa-vāraṇa-parivuta); VI,20 (vassasahassāni); Miln.23 (asītiyā bhikkhusahassehi saddhiṁ); Vism.46 (satakoṭiyo) DhA.I,14, 19 (mahātherā); II,25 (°koṭi-vibhava). Cp. ạsītika. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Asūra: {'def': '【形】懦弱的，偷懒的（人）。(p47)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [a + sura¹] -- 1. not brave, not valiant, cowardly Sn.439. -- 2. uncouth, stupid J.VI,292 (cp. Kern. Toev. p. 48). (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】懦弱的，偷懒的(人)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Asūyaka: {'def': 'see anasūyaka. (Page 89)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ataccha: {'def': '(nt.) [a + taccha²] falsehood, untruth D.I,3; J.VI,207. (Page 17)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(a + taccha2),【形】不对的、错误的(falsehood, untruth)。【中】谎言。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】不对的，错误的. 【中】谎言。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atakkaka: {'def': '(adj.) [a + takka²] not mixed with buttermilk J YI.21. (Page 17)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atakkāvacara: {'def': '【形】超越推论的范围的，深奥的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atammaya: {'def': '(a+taṁ+aya),【形】无彼类。AA.6.104.：atammayoti tammayā vuccanti taṇhādiṭṭhiyo, tāhi rahito.(无彼类：称为爱与见彼类，没有这类。) AA.：atammayoti tammayā vuccanti taṇhādiṭṭhiyo, tāhi rahito.(无彼类：称为爱与见彼类，没有这类。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atandita: {'def': 'Atandī,【形】不懒惰的，活跃的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'Atandī,【形】不懒惰的，活跃的。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atappa: {'def': '【阳】【中】无热天人，无热天界(五净居天的第二天)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atappaka: {'def': '【阳】【中】无热的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atappiya: {'def': '【形】不可满足的，不会知足的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】不可满足的，不会知足的。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atha: {'def': '(indecl.) [Sk. atha, cp. atho] copulative & adversative part. 1. after positive clauses, in enumerations, in the beginning & continuation of a story: and, and also, or; and then, now D.II,2; III,152, 199 (athâparaṁ etad avoca); M.I,435; Sn.1006, 1007, 1017; Sn.p. 126 (athâparaṁ etad avoca: and further, something else); Dh.69, 119, 377; J.II,158; Pv.II,6⁴; PvA.3, 8 (atha na and not), 70. -- 2. after negative clauses: but M.I,430; Sn.990, 1047; Dh.85, 136, 387; PvA.68. Often comb^d. with other part., e. g. atha kho (pos. & neg.) now, and then; but, rather, moreover Vin.I,1; D.I,141, 167, 174; A.V,195; PvA.79, 221, 251. na-atha kho na neither-nor PvA.28. atha kho pana and yet D.I,139. atha ca pana on the other hand J.I,279. atha vā or (after prec. ca), nor (after prec. na) Sn.134; Dh.140, 271; Pv.I,4¹; II,1⁴. athā vā pi Sn.917, 921. (Page 25)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'Atho,【无】然后，当时，其次，於是，也，同样。athassa(atha+assa)﹐然后，给这个。atha ca, 然而、然、虽然如此。athavā, 或然。athāpi,然而。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'Atho, 【无】然后，当时，其次，于是，也，同样。(p11)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Athabbaṇa: {'def': 'āthabbaṇa (Vedic atharvan), 1.阿闼婆吠陀(the Atharva Veda DA.I,247 = SnA 447 (°veda)。2.通阿闼婆吠陀的人(one who is familiar with the (magic formulas of the) Atharvaveda J.VI,490. (sāthabbaṇa=sahatthivejja, with the elephant-healer or doctor))。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Vedic atharvan; as regards etym. see Walde, Lat. Wtb. under ater] (1) the Atharva Veda DA.I,247 = SnA 447 (°veda). -- (2) one who is familiar with the (magic formulas of the) Atharvaveda J.VI,490 (sâthabbaṇa=sahatthivejja, with the elephant-healer or doctor). See also āthabbaṇa. (Page 25)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atho: {'def': '(indecl.) [Sk. atho, atha + u] copulative and adversative part.: and, also, and further, likewise, nay S.I,106; Sn.43, 155, 647; Dh.151, 234, 423; J.I,83; II,185; IV,495; It.106; Kh VIII,7; Pv IV.3¹⁵; PvA.251 (atho ti nipātamattaṁ avadhāraṇ-atthe vā). Also comb^d. with other part., like atho pi Sn.222, 537, 985; Pv.II,3²⁰; KhA 166. (Page 25)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Athāpara: {'def': '﹐(atha然后+aparaṁ更进一步),【副】然后更进一步。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ati: {'def': '(indecl.) [sk. ati = Gr. e]/ti moreover, yet, and; Lat. et and, Goth. ip; also connected with Gr. ataρ but, Lat. at but (= over, outside) Goth. appan] adv. and prep. of direction (forward motion), in primary meaning “on, and further”, then “up to and beyond”. I. in abstr. position adverbially (only as ttg.): in excess, extremely, very (cp. II,3) J.VI,133 (ati uggata C. = accuggata T.), 307 (ati ahitaṁ C. = accāhitaṁ T.).

II. as prefix, meaning. -- 1. on to, up to, towards, until); as far as: accanta up to the end; aticchati to go further, pass on; atipāta “falling on to”; attack slaying; atimāpeti to put damage on to, i. e. to destroy. -- 2. over, beyond, past, by, trans-; with verbs: (a.) trs. atikkamati to pass beyond, surpass; atimaññati to put one’s “manas” over, to despise; atirocati to surpass in splendour. (b.) intr. atikkanta passed by; atikkama traversing; aticca transgressing; atīta past, gone beyond. -- Also with verbal derivations: accaya lapse, also sin, transgression (“going over”); atireka remainder, left over; atisaya overflow, abundance; atisāra stepping over, sin. -- 3. exceedingly, in a high or excessive degree either very (much) or too (much); in nominal comp^n. (a), rarely also in verbal comp^n. see (b). -- (a) with nouns & adj.: °āsanna too near; °uttama the very highest; °udaka too much water; °khippa too soon; °dāna excessive alms giving; °dāruṇa very cruel; °dīgha extremely long; °dūra too near; deva a super-god °pago too early; °bālha too much; °bhāra a too heavy load; °manāpa very lovely; °manohara very charming; °mahant too great; °vikāla very inconvenient; °vela a very long time; °sambādha too tight, etc. etc. ‹-› (b.) with verb: atibhuñjati to eat excessively.

III, A peculiar use of ati is its’function in reduplication-compounds, expressing “and, adding further, and so on, even more, etc.” like that of the other comparing or contrasting prefixes a (ā), anu, ava, paṭi, vi (e. g. khaṇḍâkhaṇḍa, seṭṭhânuseṭṭhi, chiddâvacchidda, aṅgapaccaṅga, cuṇṇavicuṇṇa). In this function it is however restricted to comparatively few expressions and has not by far the wide range of ā (q. v.), the only phrases being the foll. viz. cakkâticakkaṁ mañcâtimañcaṁ bandhati to heap carts upon carts, couches upon couches (in order to see a procession) Vin.IV,360 (Bdhgh); J.II,331; IV,81; DhA.IV,61. --devâtideva god upon god, god and more than a god (see atideva); mānâtimāna all kinds of conceit; vaṅkâtivaṅka crooked all over J.I,160. -- IV. Semantically ati is closely related to abhi, so that in consequence of dialectical variation we frequently find ati in Pāli, where the corresp. expression in later Sk. shows abhi. See e. g. the foll. cases for comparison: accuṇha ati-jāta, °pīḷita °brūheti, °vassati, °vāyati, °veṭheti.

Note The contracted (assimilation-) form of ati before vowels is acc- (q. v.). See also for adv. use atiriva, ativiya, atīva. (Page 17)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '〔前缀，意为：〕直到、过度、超过、出头，等。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ati-ambila: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + ambila] too sour DhA.II,85. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ati-arahant: {'def': '[ati + arahant] a super-Arahant, one who surpasses even other Arahants Miln.277. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ati + arahant)超级阿罗汉(a super-Arahant, one who surpasses even other Arahants. Miln 277.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ati-eti: {'def': '(ati + i), 超越(to go past or beyond, see ger. aticca and pp. atīta)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ati + i] to go past or beyond, see ger. aticca and pp. atīta. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ati-issara: {'def': '(adj.) very powerful(?) J.V,441 (°bhesajja, medicin). (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ati-udaka: {'def': 'too much water, excess of water DhA.I,52. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ati-ussura: {'def': '(adj.) only in Loc. °e (adv.) too soon after sunrise, too early VvA.65 (laddhabhattatā eating too early). (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ati-uttama: {'def': '(adj.) by far the best or highest VvA.80. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ati-uṇha: {'def': '(adj.) too hot PvA.37 (°ātapa glow). See also accuṇha (which is the usual form). (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atibaddha: {'def': '[pp. of atibandhati; cp. Sk. anubaddha] tied to, coupled J.I,192 = Vin.IV,5. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atibahala: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + bahala] very thick J.VI,365. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】非常厚的。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】非常厚的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atibandhati: {'def': '[ati + bandhati; cp. Sk. anubandhati] to tie close to, to harness on, to couple J.I,191 sq. -- pp. atibaddha q. v. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atibhagin: {'def': 'i-putta [ati + bh.-p.] a very dear nephew J.I,223. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atibhaginī: {'def': '【阴】很亲爱的姐妹。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】很亲爱的姐妹。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atibhoti: {'def': '(ati + bhū + a), 优于，胜过，战胜。 atibhavi, 【过】。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ati + bhavati, cp. Sk. atibhavati & abhibhavati] to excel, overcome, to get the better of, to deceive J.I,163 (= ajjhottharati vañceti C.). (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ati超越+bhū(梵bhū)变成+a), 优於，胜过，战胜。atibhavi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atibhutta: {'def': '(nt.) [ati + bhutta] overeating Miln.135. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atibhuñjati: {'def': '[ati + bhuñjati] to eat too much, to overeat Miln.153. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atibhāra: {'def': '【阳】很重的担子。 atibhāriya,【形】太重的，非常严重的。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ati + bhāra] too heavy a load Miln.277 (°ena sakaṭassa akkho bhijjati). (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】很重的担子。atibhāriya,【形】太重的，非常严重的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atibhārita: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + bhārita] too heavily weighed, overloaded Vtn IV.47. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atibhāriya: {'def': '(adj.) too serious DhA.I,70. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atibrahmā: {'def': '[ati + brahmā] a greater Brahma, a super-god Miln.277; DhA.II,60 (Brahmuṇā a. greater than B.). (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atibrūheti: {'def': '[ati + brūheti, bṛh², but by C. taken incorrectly to brū; cp. Sk. abhi-bṛṇhayati] to shout out, roar, cry J.V,361 (= mahāsaddaṁ nicchāreti). (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atibāheti: {'def': '(ati超越+vah获得+e), (车等)开出，(船)驶出，划出。atibāhesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ati + bāheti, Caus. to bṛh¹; cp. Sk. ābṛhati] to drive away, to pull out J.IV,366 (= abbāheti). (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ati + vah + e), （车等）开出，（船）驶出，划出。 atibāhesi, 【过】。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atibāḷha: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + bāḷha] very great or strong PvA.178; nt. adv. °ṁ too much D.I,93, 95; M.I,253. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atibāḷhaŋ: {'def': '【副】太多。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atibāḷhaṁ: {'def': '【副】太多。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Aticarati: {'def': '(ati超越+car移动+a), 犯法，通奸。aticari,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ati + carati] 1. to go about, to roam about Pv.II,12¹⁵; PvA.57. -- 2. to transgress, to commit adultery J.I,496. Cp. next. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ati + car + a), 犯法，通奸。aticari, 【过】。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Aticaraṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. aticarati] transgression PvA.159. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Aticaritar: {'def': '[n. ag. of. aticarati] one who transgresses, esp. a woman who commits adultery A.II,61 (all MSS. read aticaritvā); IV,66 (T. aticarittā). (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Aticariyā: {'def': '【阴】1.犯法。2.越轨，通奸。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】 1, 犯法。 2. 通奸。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [ati + cariyā] transgression, sin, adultery D.III,190. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Aticca: {'def': '(grd.) [ger. of ati + eti, ati + i] 1. passing beyond, traversing, overcoming, surmounting Sn.519, 529, 531. Used adverbially = beyond, in access, more than usual, exceedingly Sn.373, 804 (= vassasataṁ atikkamitvā Nd¹ 120). -- 2. failing, transgressing, sinning, esp. committing adultery J V,424; VvA.72, (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【独】已渡过了，已克服了。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【独】已渡过了，已克服了。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Aticchati: {'def': '[*Sk. ati-ṛcchati, ati + ṛ, cp. aṇṇava] to go on, only occurring in imper. aticchatha (bhante) “please go on, Sir”, asking a bhikkhu to seek alms elsewhere, thus refusing a gift in a civil way. [The interpretation given by Trenckner, as quoted by Childers, is from ati + ‘iṣ “go and beg further on”. (Tr. Notes 65) but this would entail a meaning like “desire in excess”, since iṣ does not convey the notion of movement] J.III,462; DhA.IV,98 (T. aticcha, vv. ll. °atha); VvA.101; Miln.8. -- Caus. aticchāpeti to make go on, to ask to go further J.III,462. ‹-› Cp. icchatā. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Aticchatta: {'def': '[ati + chatta] a “super”--sunshade, a sunshade of extraordinary size & colours DhsA.2. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atichatta: {'def': '【中】非凡的阳伞。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】非凡的阳伞。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Aticitra: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + citra] very splendid, brilliant, quite exceptional Miln.28. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Aticāra: {'def': '[from aticarati] transgression Vv 15⁸ (= aticca cāra VvA.72). (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Aticārin: {'def': '(adj. n.) [from aticarati] transgressing, sinning, esp. as f. aticārinī an adulteress S.II,259; IV,242; D.III,190; A.III,261; Pv.II,12¹⁴; PvA.151 (v. l. BB), 152; VvA.110. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Aticārī: {'def': '【阳】1.罪犯。2.越轨，奸夫。aticārini,【阴】越轨，奸妇。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】 1. 罪犯。 2. 奸夫。aticārini, 【阴】奸妇。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atideva: {'def': '【阳】特级的天神。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】特级的天神。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ati + deva] a super god, god above gods, usually Ep. of the Buddha S.I,141; Th.1, 489; Nd² 307 (cp. adhi°); Miln.277. atidevadeva id. Miln.203, 209. devâtideva god over the gods (of the Buddha) Nd² 307 a. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atidhamati: {'def': '(ati超越+dham(梵dham/ dhmā)吹+a), 打鼓打得太多次或太大声。atidhami,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ati + dham + a), 打鼓打得太多次或太大声。 atidhami, 【过】。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ati + dhamati] to beat a drum too hard J.I,283; pp. atidhanta ibid. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atidhonacārin: {'def': '[ati + dhonacārin] indulging too much in the use of the “dhonas”, i. e. the four requisites of the bhikkhu, or transgressing the proper use or normal application of the requisites (expl^n. at DhA.III,344, cp. dhona) Dh.240 = Nett 129. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atidhonacārī: {'def': '【形】沉溺于食，或穿等。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】沉溺於食，或穿等。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atidhātatā: {'def': '[ati + dhāta + ta] oversatiation J.II,193. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atidhāvati: {'def': '(ati + dhāv + a), 跑快快，跑过界限。 atidhāvi, 【过】。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ati + dhāvati 1] to run past, to outstrip or get ahead of S.III,103; IV,230; M.III,19; It.43; Miln.136; SnA 21. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ati超越+dhāv(梵dhāv)跑+a), 快快跑，跑过界限。atidhāvi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atidisati: {'def': '(ati + dis + a), 指出，解析。atidisi, 【过】。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ati超越+dis指出+a), 指出，解析。atidisi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ati + disati] to give further explanation, to explain in detail Miln.304. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atiditthi: {'def': '(f.) [ati + diṭṭhi] higher doctrine, super knowledge (?) Vin.I,63 = II,4 (+ adhisīla; should we read adhi-diṭṭhi?) (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atidivā: {'def': '【无】太迟，晚了。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adv.) [ati + divā] late in the day, in the afternoon Vin.I,70 (+ atikālena); S.I,200; A.III,117. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【独】太迟，晚了。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atidukkha: {'def': '[ati + dukkha] great evil, exceedingly painful excessive suffering PvA.65; Sdhp.95. In atidukkhavāca PvA.15 ati belongs to the whole cpd., i. e. of very hurtful speech. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atidāna: {'def': '(nt.) [ati + dāna] too generous giving, an excessive gift of alms Miln.277; PvA.129, 130. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atidāruṇa: {'def': '(adj.) [Sk. atidāruṇa, ati + dāruṇa] very cruel, extremely fierce Pv III,7³. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】可怕的，非常残酷的。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】可怕的，非常残酷的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atidīgha: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + dīgha] too long, extremely long J.IV, 165; Pv.II,10²; VvA.103 (opp. atirassa). (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atidūra: {'def': '【中】大距离。【形】太远的，非常远的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [ati + dūra] very or too far Vin.I,46; J.II,154; Pv.II,9⁶⁵ = DhA.III,220 (vv. ll. suvidūre); PvA.42 (opp. accāsanna). (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】大距离。【形】太远的，非常远的。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atiga: {'def': '【形】 (= atigata, atigacchati 的【过分】), 已渡过。越过（障碍）。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】(= atigata, atigacchati 的【过分】), 已渡过。越过(障碍)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(-°) (adj.) [ati + ga] going over, overcoming, surmounting, getting over Sn.250 (saṅga°); Dh.370 (id.); Sn.795 (sīma°, cp. Nd¹ 99), 1096 (ogha°); Nd¹ 100 (= atikkanta); Nd² 180 (id.). (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atigacchati: {'def': '[ati + gacchati] to go over, i. e. to overcome, surmount, conquer, get the better of, only in pret. (aor.) 3^rd sg. accagā (q. v. and see gacchati 3) Sn.1040; Dh.414 and accagamā (see gacchati 2) Vin.II,192; D.I,85; S.II,205; DA.I,236 (= abhibhavitvā pavatta). Also 3^rd pl. accaguṁ It.93, 95. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ati超越+gam去+a), 克服，超越，战胜(障碍)。atigacchi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ati + gam + a), 克服，超越，战胜（障碍）。 atigacchi, 【过】。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atighora: {'def': '【形】可怕的，非常凶猛的。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [ati + ghora] very terrible or fierce Sdhp.285. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】可怕的，非常凶猛的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atigāḷeti: {'def': '[ati + gāḷeti, Caus. of galati, cp. Sk. vi-gālayati] to destroy, make perish, waste away J.VI,211 (= atigālayati vināseti C. p. 215). Perhaps reading should be atigāḷheti (see atigāḷhita. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atigāḷha: {'def': '【形】密集的，非常紧的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [ati + gāḷha 1] very tight or close, intensive J.I,62. Cp. atigāḷhita. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】密集的，非常紧的。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atigāḷhita: {'def': '[pp. of atigāḷheti, denom. fr. atigāḷha; cp. Sk. atigāhate to overcome] oppressed, harmed, overcome, defeated, destroyed J.V,401 (= atipīḷita C.). (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atiharati: {'def': '(ati超越+har拿+a), 1.遗留，继续。2.拿来，取来，带来。atihari,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ati + hṛ] to carry over, to bring over, bring, draw over Vin.II,209; IV,264; S.I,89; J.I,292; V,347. ‹-› Caus. atiharāpeti to cause to bring over, bring in, reap, collect, harvest Vin.II,181; III,18; Miln.66; DhA.IV,77. ‹-› See also atihita. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ati + har + a), 1. 遗留，继续。 2. 拿来，取来，带来。 atihari, 【过】。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atihaṭṭha: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + haṭṭha] very pleased Sdhp.323. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atihita: {'def': '[ati + hṛ, pp. of atiharati, hita unusual for hata, perhaps through analogy with Sk. abhi + dhā] brought over (from the field into the house), harvested, borne home Th.1, 381 (vīhi). (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atihīna: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + hīna] very poor or destitute A.IV,282, 287; 323 (opp. accogāḷha). (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atihīḷeti: {'def': '[ati + hīḍ] to despise J.IV,331 (= atimaññati C.). (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atikaddhati: {'def': '[ati + kaḍḍhati] to pull too hard, to labour, trouble, drudge Vin.III,17. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atikara: {'def': '【形】做得过分的，演得过火的。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】做得过分的，演得过火的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atikaruṇa: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + karuṇa] very pitiful, extremely miserable J.I,202; IV,142; VI,53. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atikassa: {'def': '(ger.) [fr. atikassati ati + kṛṣ; Sk. atikṛṣya] pulling (right) through J.V,173 (rajjuṁ, a rope, through the nostrils; v. l. BB. anti°). (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atikata: {'def': '(pp.) more than done to, i. e. retaliated; paid back in an excessive degree A.I,62. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atikaḍḍhati: {'def': '(ati超越+kaḍḍh拖拉+a), 拉得太出力了，烦恼。atikaḍḍhi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ati + kaḍḍh + a), 拉得太出力了，烦恼。 atikaḍḍhi, 【过】。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atikaṇha: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + kaṇha] too black Vin.IV,7. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atikhaṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [ati + khaṇa(na)] too much digging J.II,296. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atikhippaŋ: {'def': '【副】太早，太快。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atikhippaṁ: {'def': '【副】太早，太快。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atikhiṇa: {'def': '【形】钝的。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [ati + khīṇa] in cāpâtikhīṇa broken bow (?) Dh.156 (expl^d. at DhA.III,132 as cāpāto atikhīṇā cāpā vinimmuttā). (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】钝的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atikhāta: {'def': '(nt.) = prec. J.II,296. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atikhīṇa: {'def': '【形】 1. 耗尽，耗损，耗费。 2. （弓箭的）射击。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】1.耗尽，耗损，耗费。2.(弓箭的)射击。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atikkama: {'def': '[Sk. atikrama] going over or further, passing beyond, traversing; fig. overcoming of, overstepping, failing against, transgression Dh.191; Dhs.299; PvA.154 (katipayayojan°), 159 (°caraṇa sinful mode of life); Miln.158 (dur° hard to overcome); Sdhp.64. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】越过，罪过，违犯行为。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(Sk. atikrama),【阳】越过，罪过，违犯行为(going over or further, passing beyond, traversing)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atikkamati: {'def': '[ati + kamati] (1) to go beyond, to pass over, to cross, to pass by. (2) to overcome, to conquer, to surpass, to be superior to. -- J.IV,141; Dh.221 (Pot. °eyya, overcome); PvA.67 (maggena: passes by). grd. atikkamanīya to be overcome D.II,13 (an°); SnA 568 (dur°). ger. atikkamma D.II,12 (surpassing); It.51 (māradheyyaṁ, passing over), cp. vv. ll. under adhigayha; and atikkamitva going beyond, overcoming, transcending (J.IV,139 (samuddaṁ); Pug.17; J.I,162 (raṭṭhaṁ having left). Often to be trsl. as adv. “beyond”, e. g. pare beyond others PvA.15; Vasabhagāmaṁ beyond the village of.V, PvA.168. -- pp. atikkanta (q. v.). (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ati + kam + a), 超过，越过，克服，超越。 atikkami, 【过】。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ati超越+kam超越+a), 超过，超越，克服。atikkami,【过】。atikkamma, atikkamitvā【独】。atikkāmayato(m.s.Abl.)。atikkāmentiyā(f.s.Abl.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atikkamaṇaka: {'def': '(adj.) [atikkamaṇa + ka] exceeding J.I,153. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atikkameti: {'def': '[Caus. of atikkamati] to make pass, to cause to pass over J.I,151. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atikkanta: {'def': '[atikkamati超过] 的【过分】超过。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(atikkamati 的【过分】)。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of atikamati] passed beyond, passed by, gone by, elapsed; passed over, passing beyond, surpassing J.II,128 (tīṇi saṁvaccharāni); DhA.III,133 (tayo vaye pas‹-› sed beyond the 3 ages of life); PvA.55 (māse °e after the lapse of a month), 74 (kati divasā °ā how many days have passed).

--mānusaka superhuman It.100; Pug.60; cp. BSk. atikrānta-mānuṣyaka M Vastu III,321. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atikkantikā: {'def': '(f.) [Der. abstr. fr. prec.] transgressing, overstepping the bounds (of good behaviour), lawlessness Miln.122. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atikkhippaṁ: {'def': '(adv.) [ati + khippa] too soon Vin.II,284. (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atikāla: {'def': '[ati + kāla] in Instr. atikālena adv. in very good time very early Vin.I,70 (+ atidivā). (Page 18)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atiloma: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + loma] too hairy, having too much hair J.VI,457 (opp. aloma). (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atiluddha: {'def': '【形】非常守财奴，很吝啬，(银根)紧的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】非常守财奴，很吝啬，（银根）紧的。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atilīna: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + līna] too much attached to worldly matters S.V,263. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atilūkha: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + lūkha] too wretched, very miserable Sdhp.409. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atimahant: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + mahant] very or too great J.I,221; PvA.75. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atimahanta: {'def': '(Sk. atimāna, ati + māna),【形】巨大，过大(very or too great)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】巨大，过大。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atimamāyati: {'def': '[ati + mamāyati, cp. Sk. atīmamāyate in diff. meaning = envy] to favour too much, to spoil or fondle J.II,316. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ati + mamāyati, cp. Sk. atīmamāyate in diff. meaning = envy), 非常喜欢(to favour too much)，溺爱、喜欢(to spoil or fondle)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atimanda: {'def': '(ka) (adj.) [ati + manda] too slow, too weak Sdhp.204, 273, 488. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atimanohara: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + manohara] very charming PvA.46. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atimanorama: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + manorama] very charming J.I,60. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atimanāpa: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + manāpa] very lovely PvA.77 (+ abhirūpa). (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】很亲爱的，非常可爱的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】很亲爱的，非常可爱的。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atimatta: {'def': '【形】太多。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】太多。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atimaññanā: {'def': '【阴】傲慢，狂妄自大，轻视。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】傲慢，狂妄自大(台语：儑面gam7 bin7)，轻视。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [abstr. to prec., cp. atimāna] arrogance, contempt, neglect Miln.122. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atimaññati: {'def': '(ati超越+man(梵man)想+ya), 轻视。atimaññi,【过】。Atimaññateti omānāti mānavasena atimaññati.(轻蔑：不尊敬、充满傲慢、轻视。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ati + man + ya), 轻视。atimaññi, 【过】。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Sk. atimanyate; ati + man] to despise, slighten, neglect Sn.148 (= KhA 247 atikkamitvā maññati); Dh.365, 366; J.II,347; Pv.I,7⁶ (°issaṁ, v. l. °asiṁ = atikkamitvā avamaññiṁ PvA.37); PvA.36; Sdhp.609. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atimuduka: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + muduka] very soft, mild or feeble J.I,262. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atimukhara: {'def': '【形】非常喜欢说话的，太多嘴的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】非常喜欢说话的，太多嘴的。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [ati + mukhara] very talkative, a chatterbox J.I,418; DhA.II,70. atimukharatā (f. abstr.) ibid. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atimuttaka: {'def': '[Sk. atimuktaka] N. of a plant, Gaertnera Racemosa Vin.II,256 = M.I,32; Miln.338. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】阿提目多伽华（一个出家人的名），善思花，风车藤 (Hiptage benghalensis)。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】1.善思花、阿提牟哆华、善思夷华、苣藤、苣胜子(梵atimuktaka；Guertnera Racemosa)，形如大麻，赤华青叶，子油可作香。2.阿提目多(一比丘之名)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atimāna: {'def': '[Sk. atimāna, ati + māna] high opinion (of oneself), pride, arrogance, conceit, M.I,363; Sn.853 (see expl^n. at Nd¹ 233), 942, 968; J.VI,235; Nd¹ 490; Miln.289. Cp. atimaññanā. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】骄傲，自大(high opinion (of oneself), pride, arrogance, conceit)。atimānī,【阳】骄傲的人。cp. Atimaññanā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】骄傲，自大。atimānī,【阳】骄傲的人。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atimānin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. atimāna] D.II,45 (thaddha +); Sn.143 (an°) 244; KhA 236. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atimāpeti: {'def': '[ati + māpeti, Caus. of mī, mināte, orig. meaning “to do damage to”] to injure, destroy, kill; only in the stock phrase pāṇaṁ atimāpeti (with v. l. atipāteti) to destroy life, to kill D.I,52 (v. l. °pāteti) = DA.I,159 (: pāṇaṁ hanati pi parehi hanāpeti either to kill or incite others to murder); M.I,404, 516; S.IV,343; A.III,205 (correct T. reading atimāteti; v. l. pāteti); Dh.246 (v. l. °pāteti) = DhA.III,356 (: parassa jīvitindriyaṁ upacchindati). (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atineti: {'def': '[ati + neti] to bring up to, to fetch, to provide with Vin.II,180 (udakaṁ). (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atinicaka: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + nīcaka] too low, only in phrase cakkavāḷaṁ atisambādhaṁ Brahmaloko atinīcako the World is too narrow and Heaven too low (to comprehend the merit of a person, as sign of exceeding merit) DhA.I,310; III,310 = VvA.68. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atiniggaṇhāti: {'def': '[ati + niggaṇhāti] to rebuke too much J.VI,417. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atinivāsa: {'def': '(ati超越+nivāsa住), 【阳】久住。A.5.223./III,258.︰“Pañcime bhikkhave, ādīnavā atinivāse. Katame pañca? Bahubhaṇḍo hoti bahubhaṇḍasannicayo, bahubhesajjo hoti bahubhesajjasannicayo, bahukicco hoti bahukaraṇīyo byatto kiṁkaraṇīyesu, saṁsaṭṭho viharati gahaṭṭhapabbajitehi ananulomikena gihisaṁsaggena, tamhā ca āvāsā pakkamanto sāpekkho pakkamati.(诸比丘！此等五者，是久住之过失。以何为五？即：东西多蓄东西多；药多蓄多药；作务多，任何大小事学习作务多；与在家出家杂住，不适当的与在家结交；及自彼住处出时，有所挂念而出。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atināmeti: {'def': '(ati超越+nam+e), 消磨时间。atināmesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[BSk. atināmayati, e. g. Divy 82, 443; ati + nāmeti] to pass time A.I,206; Miln.345. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ati + nam + e), 消磨时间。 atināmesi, 【过】。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atipadāna: {'def': '(nt.) [ati + pa + dāna] too much alms-giving Pv.II,943 (= atidāna PvA.130). (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atipapañca: {'def': '[ati + p.] too great a delay, excessive tarrying J.I,64; II,93. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】延误得太久。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】延误得太久。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atipariccāga: {'def': '[ati + pariccāga] excess in liberality DhA.III,11. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atipassati: {'def': '[ati + passati; cp. Sk. anupaśyati] to look for, catch sight of, discover M.III,132 (nāgaṁ). (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ati超越+dis指出+a), 仔细地看。atipassi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ati + dis + a), 仔细地看。 atipassi, 【过】。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atipaṇḍita: {'def': '【形】太聪明的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj. [ati + paṇḍita] too clever DhA.IV,38. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】太聪明的。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atipaṇḍitatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. of atipaṇḍita] too much cleverness DhA.II,29. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atippago: {'def': '(cp. Sk. atiprage),【无】太早(too early, usually elliptical = it is too early (with inf. carituṁ etc.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【无】太早。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adv.) [cp. Sk. atiprage] too early, usually elliptical = it is too early (with inf. carituṁ etc.) D.I,178; M.I,84; A.IV,35. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atipāta: {'def': '【阳】杀死，杀害，谋杀。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ati + pat] attack, only in phrase pāṇâtipāta destruction of life, slaying, killing, murder D.I,4 (pāṇātipātā veramaṇī, refraining from killing, the first of the dasasīla or decalogue); DA.I,69 (= pāṇavadha, pāṇaghāta); Sn.242; Kh II, cp. KhA 26; PvA.28, 33 etc. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ati超越+ pat落下),【阳】杀死，杀害，谋杀(attack, only in phrase pāṇātipāta destruction of life, slaying, killing, murder)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atipāteti: {'def': '(ati超越+pat落下+e) (denom. fr. atipāta), 破坏，杀。atipātesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[denom. fr. atipāta] to destroy S.V,453; Dh.246 (v. l. for atimāpeti, q. v.). Cp. paripāteti. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ati + pat + e), 破坏，杀。 atipātesi, 【过】。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atipātin: {'def': '(adj. -n.) one who attacks or destroys Sn.248; J.VI,449 (in war nāgakkhandh° = hatthikkhande khaggena chinditvā C.); PvA.27 (pāṇ°). (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atipātī: {'def': '(Atipātin),【阳】杀害者，凶手，破坏者(one who attacks or destroys)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】杀害者，凶手，破坏者。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atipīḷita: {'def': '[ati + pīḷita, cp. Sk. abhipīḍita] pressed against, oppressed, harassed, vexed J.V,401 (= atigāḷhita). (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atipīṇita: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + pīṇita] too much beloved, too dear, too lovely DhA.V,70. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atirassa: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + rassa] too short (opp. atidīgha) Vin.IV,7; J.VI,457; VvA.103. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atirattiṁ: {'def': '(adv.) [ati + ratti; cp. atidivā] late in the night, at midnight J.I,436 (opp. atipabhāte). (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atireka: {'def': '【形】过度的，过头的。atirekaŋ, ~taraŋ, 【副】过分地，非常。 ~tā,【阴】过度。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】过度的，过头的。atirekaṁ, atirekataraṁ,【副】过分地，非常。atirekatā,【阴】过度。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [Sk. atireka, ati + ric, rinakti; see ritta] surplus, too much; exceeding, excessive, in a high degree; extra Vin.I,255; J.I,72 (°padasata), 109; 441 (in higher positions); Miln.216; DhsA.2; DhA.II,98.

--cīvara an extra robe Vin.I,289. --pāda exceeding the worth of a pāda, more than a pāda, Vin.III,47. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atirekatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. to prec.] excessiveness, surplus, excess Kvu 607. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atiriccati: {'def': '(ati + ric + ya), 剩余，余留。 atiricci, 【过】。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ati超越+ric空掉+ya), 剩余，余留。atiricci,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ati + riccati, see ritta] to be left over, to remain Sdhp.23, 126. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atiritta: {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of ati + ric, see ritta] left over, only as neg. an° applied to food, i. e. food which is not the leavings of a meal, fresh food Vin.I,213 sq, 238; II,301; IV,82 sq., 85. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Atiriccati的【过分】), 已余留。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atiriva: {'def': '(ati-r-iva) see ativiya. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【无】过度地，非常。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【无】过度地，非常，热烈。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atirocati: {'def': '(ati超越+ruc发光+a), 比…亮，比…壮丽。atirocati vaṇṇena﹐容光焕发。atiroci,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ati + ruc] to shine magnificently (trs.) to outshine, to surpass in splendour D.II,208; Dh.59; Pv.II,9⁵⁸; Miln.336 (+ virocati); DhA.I,446 (= atikkamitvā virocati); III,219; PvA.139 (= ativiya virocati). (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ati + ruc + a), 比…亮，比…壮丽。 atiroci, 【过】。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atirājā: {'def': '[ati + rājā] a higher king, the greatest king, more than a king DhA.II,60; Miln.277. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atisambādha: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + sambādha] too tight, crowded or narrow DhA.I,310; III,310 = VvA.68; cp. atinīcaka. ‹-› f. abstr. atisambādhatā the state of being too narrow J.I,7. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atisanta: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + santa¹] extremely peaceful Sdhp.496. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atisara: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. atisarati; cp. accasara] transgressing, sinning J.IV,6; cp. atisāra. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atisarati: {'def': '(ati + sar + a), 越过（界限等），违背（规则），犯（法）。 atisari, 【过】。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ati + sṛ] to go too far, to go beyond the limit, to overstep, transgress, aor. accasari (q. v.) Sn.8 sq. (opp. paccasari; C. atidhāvi); J.V,70 and atisari J.IV,6. ‹-› ger. atisitvā (for *atisaritvā) D.I,222; S.IV,94; A.I,145; V,226, 256; Sn.908 (= Nd¹ 324 atikkamitvā etc.). (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ati超越+sar(梵sr)动转+a), 越过(界限等)，违背(规则)，犯(法)。atisari,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atisaya: {'def': '【阳】丰富，富足。atisayena,【副】非常地。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】丰富，富足。 atisayena, 【副】非常地。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[cp. Sk. atiśaya, fr. ati + śī] superiority, distinction, excellence, abundance VvA.135 (= visesa); PvA.86; Dāvs II,62. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atisayati: {'def': '[ati + śī] to surpass, excel; ger. atisayitvā Miln.336 (+ atikkamitvā). (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atisañcara: {'def': '(°cāra?) [ati + sañcāra] wandering about too much Miln.277. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atisaṇha: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + saṇha] too subtle DhA.III,326. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atisithila: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + sithila] very loose, shaky or weak A.III,375. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atisuṇa: {'def': '【阳】疯狗。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】疯狗。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atisāra: {'def': '[fr. ati + sṛ, see atisarati. Cp. Sk. atisāra in diff. meaning but BSk. atisāra (sâtisāra) in the same meaning) going too far, overstepping the limit, trespassing, false step, slip, danger Vin.I,55 (sâtisāra), 326 (id.); S.I,74; M.III,237; Sn.889 (atisāraṁ diṭṭhiyo = diṭṭhigatāni Nd¹ 297; going beyond the proper limits of the right faith), J.V,221 (dhamm°), 379; DhA.I,182; DhsA.28. See also atisara. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】1.超越。2.痢疾，赤痢。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】 1. 超越。 2. 痢疾，赤痢。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atisāyaŋ: {'def': '【副】晚上。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atisāyaṁ: {'def': '(adv.) [ati + sāyaṁ] very late, late in the evening J.V,94. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【副】晚上。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atisīta: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + sīta] too cold DhA.II,85. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atisītala: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + sītala] very cold J.III,55. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atitarati: {'def': '[ati + tarati] to pass over, cross, go beyond aor. accatari S.IV,157 = It.57 (°āri). (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atithi: {'def': '[Sk. atithi of at = aṭ, see aṭata; orig. the wanderer, cp. Vedic atithin wandering] a guest, stranger, newcomer D.I,117 (= āgantuka-navaka pāhuṇaka DA.I,288); A.II,68; III,45, 260; J.IV,31, 274; V,388; Kh VIII,7 (= n’atthi assa ṭhiti yamhi vā tamhi vā divase āgacchatī ti atithi KhA 222); VvA.24 (= āgantuka). (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】客人，陌生人。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】客人，陌生人(台语：生分人senn hun7)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atitta: {'def': '(adj.) [a + titta] dissatisfied, unsatisfied J.I,440; Dh.48. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不满意的。atittabhāva, 不满意的状态。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】不满意的。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atittha: {'def': '(nt.) [a + tittha] “that which is not a fordingplace”. i. e. not the right way, manner or time; as °wrongly in the wrong way J.I,343; IV,379; VI,241; DhA.III,347; DA.I,38. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】不适合的地方，做法或方式。(p8)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】不适合的地方，做法或方式。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atituccha: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + tuccha] very, or quite empty Sdhp.430. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atitula: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + tula] beyond compare, incomparable Th.1, 831 = Sn.561 (= tulaṁ atīto nirupamo ti attho SnA 455). (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atituṭṭhi: {'def': '(f.) [ati + tuṭṭhi] extreme joy J.I,207. (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atitāta: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + jāta, perhaps ati in sense of abhi, cp. abhijāta] well-born, well behaved, gentlemanly It.14 (opp. avajāta). (Page 19)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ativasa: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + vasa fr. vas] being under somebody’s rule, dependent upon (c. Gen.) Dh.74 (= vase vattati DhA.II,79). (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ativassati: {'def': '[ati + vassati, cp. Sk. abhivarṣati] to rain down on, upon or into Th.1, 447 = Vin.II,240. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ati + vass + a), 淌下，倾注。 ativassi, 【过】。ativuṭṭha,【过分】。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ati超越+vass下雨+a), 淌下，倾注。ativassi,【过】。ativuṭṭha,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ativatta: {'def': '[pp. of ativattati: Sk. ativṛtta] passed beyond, surpassed, overcome (act. & pass.), conquered Sn.1133 (bhava°); Nd² 21 (= atikkanta, vītivatta); J.V,84 (bhaya°); Miln.146, 154. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】超越，克服。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(pp. of ativattati: Sk. ativrtta),【形】超越，克服。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ativattana: {'def': '【中】克服。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】克服。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ativattar: {'def': '² [Sk. *ativartṛ, n. ag. to ati-vattati] one who overcomes or is to be overcome Sn.785 (svātivattā = durativattā duttarā duppatarā Nd¹ 76). (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '¹ [Sk. *ativaktṛ, n. ag. to ati-vacati; cp. ativākya] one who insults or offends J.V,266 (isīnaṁ ativattāro = dharusavācāhi atikkamitvā vattāro C.). (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ativattati: {'def': '(ati + vat + a), 越过，超越。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ati超越+vat(vrt)使转动+a; Sk. ativartate)﹐越过，超越(to pass, pass over, go beyond; to overcome, get over; conquer)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ati + vṛt, Sk. ativartate] to pass, pass over, go beyond; to overcome, get over; conquer Vin.II,237 (samuddo velaṁ n’); S.II,92 (saṁsāraṁ); IV,158 (id.) It.9 (saṁsāraṁ) = A.II,10 = Nd² 172^a; Th.1, 412; J.I,58, 280; IV,134; VI,113, 114; PvA.276. -- pp. ativatta (q. v.). (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ativatteti: {'def': '(ati + vat + e), 克服。ativattesi, 【过】。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ati超越+ vat(vrt)使转动+e), 克服。ativattesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ativaṅkin: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + vaṅkin] very crooked J.I,160 (vaṅkâtivaṅkin crooked all over; cp. ati III,). (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ativaṇṇati: {'def': '[ati + vaṇṇati] to surpass, excel D.II,267. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ativela: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + vela] excessive (of time); nt. adv. °ṁ a very long time; excessively D.I,19 (= atikālaṁ aticiran ti attho DA.I,113); M.I,122; Sn.973 (see expl^n. at Nd¹ 504); J.III,103 = Nd¹ 504. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】长时的，过度的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ativelaŋ: {'def': '【副】被拖延的时间。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ativelaṁ: {'def': '【副】长时，超过时间。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ativeṭheti: {'def': '[ati + veṣṭ, cp. Sk. abhiveṣṭate] to wrap over, to cover, to enclose; to press, oppress, stifle Vin.II,101; J.V,452 (-ativiya veṭheti piḷeti C.). (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ativijjhati: {'def': '(ati + vidh + ya), 看穿，看透。ativijjhi, 【过】。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ati超越+vidh贯穿+ya), 看穿，看透，通达。ativijjhi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Sk. atividhyati, ati + vyadh] to pierce, to enter into (fig.), to see through, only in phrase paññāya ativijjha (ger.) passati to recognise in all details M.I,480; S.V,226; A.II,178. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ativikāla: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + vikāla] at a very inconvenient time, much too late D I 108 (= suṭṭhu vikāla DA.I,277). (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ativissaṭṭha: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + vissaṭṭha] too abundant, in °vākya one who talks too much, a chatterbox J.V,204. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ativissuta: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + vissuta] very famous, renowned Sdhp.473. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ativissāsika: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + vissāsika] very, or too confidential J.I,86. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ativisā: {'def': '(f.) [Sk. ativiṣā] N. of a plant Vin.I,201; IV,35. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ativiya: {'def': '(adv.) [Sk. atīva] = ati + iva, orig. “much-like” like an excess = excessive-ly. There are three forms of this expression, viz. (1) ati + iva in contraction atīva (q. v.); -- (2) ati + iva with epenthetic r: atiriva D.II,264 (v. l. SS. atīva); Sn.679, 680, 683; SnA 486; ‹-› (3) ati + viya (the doublet of iva) = ativiya J.I,61, 263; DhA.II,71 (a. upakāra of great service); PvA.22, 56, 139. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Sk. atīva= ati + iva, orig. “much-like” like an excess = excessive-ly),【无】许多。(1) ati + iva in contraction atīva; -- (2) ati + iva with epenthetic r: atiriva (v. l. SS. atīva); (3) ati + viya (the doublet of iva) = ativiya.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【无】许多。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ativāha: {'def': '[fr. ati + vah, cp. Sk. ativahati & abhivāha] carrying, carrying over; a conveyance; one who conveys, i. e. a conductor, guide Th.1, 616 (said of sīla, good character); J.V,433. -- Cp. ativāhika. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ativāhaka: {'def': '【形】有负担的人，向导。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】有负担的人，向导。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ativāhika: {'def': '[fr. ativāha] one who belongs to a conveyance, one who conveys or guides, a conductor (of a caravan) J.V,471, 472 (°purisa). (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ativākya: {'def': '【中】谩骂，责备。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [ati + vac, cp. Sk. ativāda, fr. ati + vad] abuse, blame, reproach Dh.320, 321 (= aṭṭha-anariyavohāra-vasena pavattaṁ vītikkama-vacanaṁ DhA.IV,3); J.VI,508. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】谩骂，责备。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ativāta: {'def': '[ati + vāta] too much wind, a wind which is too strong, a gale, storm Miln.277. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ativāyati: {'def': '[ati + vāyati] to fill (excessively) with an odour or perfume, to satiate, permeate, pervade Miln.333 (+ vāyati; cp. abhivāyati ibid 385). (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atiyakkha: {'def': '(ati + yakkha] a sorcerer, wizard, fortuneteller J.VI,502 (C.: bhūtavijjā ikkhaṇīka). (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atiyācaka: {'def': '(adj.) [ati + yācaka] one who asks too much Vin.III,147. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atiyācanā: {'def': '【阴】请求太多，过份的乞求。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】请求太多，过份的乞求。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [ati + yācanā] asking or begging too much Vin.III,147. (Page 20)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atiyāti: {'def': '(ati超越+yā去+a), 优於，胜过，战胜。atiyāyi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ati + yā + a), 优于，胜过，战胜。 atiyāyi, 【过】。(p9)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ato: {'def': '(adv.) [Sk. ataḥ] hence, now, therefore S.I,15; M.I,498; Miln.87; J.V,398 (= tato C.). (Page 22)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【无】因此，今后。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【无】因此，今后。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atoṇa: {'def': '[etym.?) a class of jugglers or acrobats(?) Miln.191. (Page 22)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atra: {'def': '【副】此，这里。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adv.) [Sk. atra] here; atra atra here & there J.I,414 = IV.5 (in expl^n. of atriccha). (Page 25)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【副】此，这里。(p11)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atraja: {'def': '【形】自己诞生的。【阳】儿子。 atrajā, 【阴】女儿。(p11)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [Sk. *ātma-ja, corrupted form for attaja (see attā) through analogy with Sk. atra “here”. This form occurs only in J and similar sources, i. e. popular lore] born from oneself, one’s own, appl. to sons, of which there are 4 kinds enum^d., viz. atraja khettaja, dinnaka, antevāsika p. Nd² 448. -- J.I,135; III,103 = Nd¹ 504; J.III,181; V,465; VI,20; Mhvs 4, 12; 13, 4; 36, 57. (Page 25)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】自己诞生的。【阳】儿子。atrajā,【阴】女儿(台语：查某囝ca5 boo2 kiann2)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atriccha: {'def': '(adj.) [the popular etym. suggested at JA.IV,4 is atra atra icchamāna desiring here & there; but see atricchā] very covetous, greedy, wanting too much J.I,414 = IV.4; III,206. (Page 25)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】非常贪婪的。 atricchā, atricchatā,【阴】过度的贪欲。(p11)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】非常贪婪的。atricchā, atricchatā,【阴】过度的贪欲。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atricchatā: {'def': '(f.) [see atricchā] excessive lust J. III,222. (Page 25)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atricchā: {'def': '(f.) [Sk. *atṛptyā, a + tṛpt + yā, influenced by Desid. titṛpsati, so that atricchā phonetically rather corresponds to a form *a.-tṛpsyā (cch = psy, cp. P. chāta Sk. psāta). For the simple Sk. tṛpti see titti (from tappati²). According to Kern, but phonetically hardly justifiable it is Sk. atīccha = ati + icchā “too much desire”, with r in dissolution of geminated tt, like atraja for attaja. See also atriccha adj. and cp. J.P.T.S. 1884, 69] great desire, greed, excessive longing, insatiability J.IV,5, 327. (Page 25)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atta: {'def': '我、灵魂，任何被认是永恒不变的实体。', 'xr': '《巴英术语汇编》 -《法的医疗》附温宗堃'}; {'def': '【阳】灵魂，自己。 ~kāma,【无】喜爱自己。 ~kilamatha,【阳】自我虐待。 ~gutta, 【形】自卫。 ~gutti, 【阴】自理。 ~ghañña,【中】自我毁灭。~dattha,【阳】自己的福利。 ~danta,【形】自我克制。 ~diṭṭhi, 【阴】灵魂的推测。 ~bhāva,【阳】个人，个性，个体。 ~vāda,【阳】灵魂的理论。~vadha,【阳】自杀。 ~hita,【中】个人的福利。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '2 (attan) (Vedic ātman),【阳】灵魂，自己。单.主.attā；复.主.attā﹑attāno；单.呼.atta﹑attā；复.呼attā﹑attāno；单.宾.attānaṁ﹑attaṁ；复.宾.attā﹑attāno；单.具.attanā﹑attena；复.具.attehi﹑attûhi；单.离.attanā﹑attamhā﹑attasmā﹑attato；复.离.attehi﹑attûhi；单.与.﹑属.attano﹑attassa；复.与.﹑属.attānaṁ﹑attūnaṁ；单.处attane﹑attani﹑attamhi﹑attasmiṁ；复.处.attesu﹑attûsu。attakāma,【无】喜爱自己，自怜(love of self)。attakilamatha,【阳】自我虐待(self-mortification)。attagutta,【形】自卫(selfguarded)。attagutti,【阴】自己照顾自己(watchfulness as regards one’s self, self-care)。attaghañña,【中】自我毁灭(self-destruction)。attadattha(atta-d-attha),【阳】自己的福利(one’s own profit or interest)。attadanta,【形】自我克制。attadiṭṭhi,【阴】灵魂的推测(speculation concerning the nature of the soul)。attabhāva(BSk.ātmabhāva),【阳】个人、个性、个体、自己存活(person, personality, individuality, living creature; form, appearance)。attavāda,【阳】灵魂的理论。attavadha,【阳】自杀。attahita,【中】个人的福利。attasaraṇā=attappaṭisaraṇā自己的庇护所。cp.ātuman, tuma, puggala, jīva, satta, pāṇa and nāma-rūpa.attatthiya looking after one’s own needs.attqdhipaka master of oneself, self-mastered.attadhipateyya selfdependence, self-reliance, independence.attqdhīna independent.attqnudiṭṭhi speculation about souls.attqnuyogin one who concentrates his attention on himself.attqnuvāda blaming oneself.attuññā self-humiliation.(+att-avaññā).attuddesa relation to oneself (= attano atthāya).attakata self-made (opp. para°).attakāra individual self, fixed individuality, oneself.attagarahin self-censuring.attañū knowing oneself.attadaṇḍa see atta1.attadanta selfrestrained, self-controlled.attapaccatthika hostile to oneself .attaparitāpana self-chastisement, mortification.attaparittā charm (protection) for oneself. attaparibhava disrespect for one’s own person。nevattāna(na eva attāna)﹐(却)没让自己。Atthi me attāti(有我的真我，《中阿含经》译：真有神)。Natthi me attāti(无有我的真我，《中阿含经》译：真无神)。Attanā va attānaṁ sanjānāmīti(我由真我觉知真我，《中阿含经》译：神见神)。Attanā va anattānaṁ sañjānāmīti(我由真我觉知非真我，《中阿含经》译：神见非神)。Anattanā va attānaṁ sañjānāmīti(我由非真我觉知真我，《中阿含经》译：非神见神)。n’etaṁ mama, n’eso’ham asmi, na me so attā(此非我所有，此非我，此非我的「我」。经中常译作：「非我、不异我、不相在」。「此非我的『我』」即：「五蕴不在我中，我不在五蕴中」。) 《阿毘达摩义广释》：(Vibhv.CS:p.219)：Vadanti etenāti vādo, khandhehi byatirittābyatirittavasena vīsati parikappitassa attano vādo attavādo.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '¹ [ā + d + ta; that is, pp. of ādadāti with the base form reduced to d. Idg *d-to; cp. Sk. ātta] that which has been taken up, assumed. atta-daṇḍa, he who has taken a stick in hand, a violent person, S.I,236; IV,117; Sn.630, 935; Dh.406. Attañjaha, rejecting what had been assumed, Sn.790. Attaṁ pahāya Sn.800. The opp. is niratta, that which has not been assumed, has been thrown off, rejected. The Arahant has neither atta nor niratta (Sn.787, 858, 919), neither assumption nor rejection, he keeps an open mind on all speculative theories. See Nd I,82, 90, 107, 352; II,271; SnA 523; DhA.IV,180 for the traditional exegesis. As legal t. t. attādānaṁ ādīyati is to take upon oneself the conduct, before the Chapter, of a legal point already raised. Vin.II,247 (quoted.V,91). (Page 22)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² see attan. (Page 22)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '1(ā+d+ta; that is, ādadāti(拿起)的【过分】; cp.Sk.ātta)已拿起(to take up)，已抓住(grasp, seize)。attadaṇḍa, 暴力者(he who has taken a stick in hand, a violent person)。【反】niratta。《经集》(Sn.858；CS:864)：“Na tassa puttā pasavo, khettaṁ vatthuñca vijjati; Attā vāpi nirattā vā , na tasmiṁ upalabbhati.(他无儿子、牲畜、田地和财产；他确实无拿起，也无放下。)《经集》(Sn.787；CS:793)：Upayo hi dhammesu upeti vādaṁ, anūpayaṁ kena kathaṁ vadeyya. Attā nirattā‚ na hi tassa atthi, adhosi so diṭṭhimidheva sabbanti.(执著种种观点便会导致争论，但依凭什么与无所执著的人争论呢？他确实无拿起，也无放下，他在这世间涤除一切观点。《经集》(Sn.925；CS:919)：“Ajjhattamevupasame na aññato bhikkhu santimeseyya; Ajjhattaṁ upasantassa, natthi attā kuto nirattā vā.”(比丘(寻找)内心平静，而不是从其他地方(寻找)平静；对於内心平静的人(来说)，即无拿起，也无放下。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '³ [Sk. akta, pp. of añjati] see upatta. (Page 22)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Attadattha: {'def': '(atta自己+d+attha利益)﹐自己的利益(指道、果、涅盘)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Attadīpa: {'def': '【形】靠自己。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(梵attadvīpa),【形】自洲(以自己为洲，relying on oneself, independent, founded on oneself)，不可译作「以自己为灯」。D.16./II,100.︰Tasmātihānanda, attadīpā viharatha attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā. Kathañcānanda, bhikkhu attadīpo viharati attasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo, dhammadīpo dhammasaraṇo anaññasaraṇo? Idhānanda, bhikkhu kāye kāyānupassī viharati atāpī sampajāno satimā, vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ.( 因此，阿难！以自己为洲(attadīpā)，以自己为归依(attasaraṇā=attappaṭisaraṇā自己的庇护所)，勿以他人为归依(anaññasaraṇā)。阿难！云何为比丘以自己为洲，以自己为归依，勿以他人为归依；以法为洲(dhammadīpo)，以自己为归依(dhammasaraṇo)，勿以他人为归依(anaññasaraṇo)？阿难！比丘当住於在身随观身(kāye kāyānupassī viharati)，热心(atāpī)，具有正念.正知(sampajāno satimā)，应引导离开(vineyya﹐调伏)世间贪婪及忧心(loke abhijjhādomanassaṁ)。) D.16./II,101.︰Ye hi keci, ānanda, etarahi vā mama vā accayena attadīpā viharissanti attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā, tamatagge me te, ānanda, bhikkhū bhavissanti ye keci sikkhākāmā”ti.( 阿难！无论现在或我去世后，若他们将以自己为洲，以自己为归依，勿以他人归依；以自己为洲，以自己为归依，勿以他人归依。阿难！他们在我之比丘中将达到的最高境界(tama-t-agge=arahattanikūṭa阿罗汉的顶峰)，但必须乐於修学(sikkhākāmā)。)DA.16./II,548.：“Attadīpāti mahā-samudda-gata-dīpaṁ viya attānaṁ dīpaṁ patiṭṭhaṁ katvā viharatha”(自洲︰好像已立於大海的洲岛，我们住在已作自己的依止的洲岛。) (以修习法义来说，法经过自己思惟、实践、印证，才成为自己的依靠的洲岛。)。Dṭ.16./CS:p.2.146.：Dvīhi bhāgehi āpo gato etthāti dīpo.(此处已立二分水为‘洲’。) aññadīpa﹐【反】异洲。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Attahetu: {'def': '【无】为了自己。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【无】为了自己。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Attaja: {'def': '【形】从自己的行动。【阳】儿子。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】从自己的行动(proceeding from oneself)。【阳】儿子。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Attakilamathānuyoga: {'def': '苦行、自我折磨。', 'xr': '《巴英术语汇编》 -《法的医疗》附温宗堃'}

Attamana: {'def': '[atta¹ + mano, having an up raised mind. Bdhgh’s expl^n. is saka-mano DA.I,255 = attā + mano. He applies the same expl^n. to attamanatā (at Dhs.9, see Dhs.trsl. 12) = attano manatā mentality of one’s self] delighted, pleased, enraptured D.I,3, 90 (an°); II,14; A.III,337, 343; IV,344; Sn.45 = Dh.328 (= upaṭṭhita-satt DhA.IV,29); Sn.995; Nd² 24 (= tuṭṭha-mano haṭṭha-mano etc.); Vv 1⁴; Pug.33 (an°); Miln.18; DA.I,52; DhA.I,89 (an°-dhātuka displeased); PvA.23, 132; VvA.21 (where Dhpāla gives two expl^ns, either tuṭṭhamano or sakamano). (Page 23)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】高兴。 ~tā,【阴】喜悦，愉快。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】高兴。attamanatā,【阴】喜悦，愉快。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Attamanatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. to prec.] satisfaction, joy, pleasure, transport of mind M.I,114; A.I,276; IV,62; Pug.18 (an°); Dhs.9, 86, 418 (an°); PvA.132; VvA.67 (an°). (Page 23)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Attan: {'def': '(m.) & atta (the latter is the form used in comp^n.) [Vedic ātman, not to Gr. a]νemos = Lat. animus, but to Gr. a)tmόs steam, Ohg. ātum breath, Ags. aepm]. -- I. Inflection. (1) of attan- (n. stem); the foll. cases are the most freq.: Acc. attānaṁ D.I,13, 185; S.I,24; Sn.132, 451. -- Gen. Dat. attano Sn.334, 592 etc., also as Abl. A.III,337 (attano ca parato ca as regards himself and others). -- Instr. Abl. attanā S.I,24; Sn.132, 451; DhA.II,75; PvA.15, 214 etc. On use of attanā see below III,1 C. -- Loc. attani S.V,177; A.I,149 (attanī metri causa); II,52 (anattani); III,181; M.I,138; Sn.666, 756, 784; Vbh.376 (an°). -- (2) of atta- (a-stem) we find the foll. cases: Acc. attaṁ Dh.379. -- Instr. attena S.IV,54. -- Abl. attato S.I,188; Ps.I,143; II,48; Vbh.336.

Meanings. 1. The soul as postulated in the animistic theories held in N India in the 6^th and 7^th cent. B. C. It is described in the Upanishads as a small creature, in shape like a man, dwelling in ordinary times in the heart. It escapes from the body in sleep or trance; when it returns to the body life and motion reappear. It escapes from the body at death, then continues to carry on an everlasting life of its own. For numerous other details see Rh. D. Theory of Soul in the Upanishads J R A S 1899. Bt. India 251--255. Buddhism repudiated all such theories, thus differing from other religions. Sixteen such theories about the soul D.I,31. Seven other theories D.I,34. Three others D.I,186/7. A “soul” according to general belief was some thing permanent, unchangeable, not affected by sorrow S.IV,54 = Kvu 67; Vin.I,14; M.I,138. See also M.I,233; III,265, 271; S.II,17, 109; III,135; A.I,284; II,164, 171; V,188; S.IV,400. Cp. ātuman, tuma, puggala, jīva, satta, pāṇa and nāma-rūpa.

2. Oneself, himself, yourself. Nom. attā, very rare. S.I,71, 169; III,120; A.I,57, 149 (you yourself know whether that is true or false. Cp. Manu VIII,84. Here attā comes very near to the European idea of conscience. But conscience as a unity or entity is not accepted by Buddhism) Sn.284; Dh.166, 380; Miln.54 (the image, outward appearance, of oneself). Acc. attānaṁ S.I,44 (would not give for himself, as a slave) A.I,89; Sn.709. Acc. attaṁ Dh.379. Abl. attato as oneself S.I,188; Ps.I,143; II,48; Vbh.336. Loc. attani A.I,149; III,181; Sn.666, 784. Instr. attanā S.I,57 = Dh.66; S.I,75; II,68; A.I,53; III,211; IV,405; Dh.165. On one’s own account, spontaneously S.IV,307; V,354; A.I,297; II,99, 218; III,81; J.I,156; PvA.15, 20. In composition with numerals attadutiya himself and one other D.II,147; °catuttha with himself as fourth M.I,393; A.III,36; °pañcama Dpvs VIII,2; °sattama J.I,233; °aṭṭhama VvA.149 (as atta-naṭṭhama Vv 34¹³), & °aṭṭhamaka Miln.291.

anattā (n. and predicative adj.) not a soul, without a soul. Most freq. in comb^n. with dukkha & anicca -- (1) as noun: S.III,141 (°anupassin); IV,49; V,345 (°saññin); A.II,52 = Ps.II,80 (anattani anattā; opp. to anattani attā, the opinion of the micchādiṭṭhigatā sattā); Dh.279; Ps.II,37, 45 sq. (°anupassanā), 106 (yaṁ aniccañ ca dukkhañ ca taṁ anattā); DhA.III,406 (°lakkhaṇa). -- (2) as adj. (pred.): S.IV,152 sq.; S.IV,166; S.IV,130 sq., 148 sq.; Vin.I,13 = S.III,66 = Nd² 680 Q 1; S.III,20 sq.; 178 sq., 196 sq.; sabbe dhammā anattā Vin.V,86; S.III,133; IV,28, 401.

--attha one’s own profit or interest Sn.75; Nd² 23; J.IV,56, 96; otherwise as atta-d-attha, e. g. Sn.284. --atthiya looking after one’s own needs Th.1, 1097. --âdhipaka master of oneself, self-mastered A.I,150. --adhipateyya selfdependence, self-reliance, independence A.I,147. --âdhīna independent D.I,72. --ânudiṭṭhi speculation about souls S.III,185; IV,148; A.III,447; Sn.1119; Ps.I,143; Vbh.368; Miln.146. --ânuyogin one who concentrates his attention on himself Dh.209; DhA.III,275. --ânuvāda blaming oneself A.II,121; Vbh.376. --uññā self-humiliation Vbh.353 (+ att-avaññā). --uddesa relation to oneself Vin.III,149 (= attano atthāya), also °ika ibid. 144. --kata self-made S.I,134 (opp. para°). --kāma love of self A.II,21; adj. a lover of “soul”, one who cares for his own soul S.I,75. --kāra individual self, fixed individuality, oneself (cp. ahaṁkāra) D.I,53 (opp. para°); A III 337 (id.) DA.I,160; as nt. at J.V,401 in the sense of service (self-doing”, slavery) (attakārāni karonti bhattusu). --kilamatha self-mortification D.III,113; S.IV,330; V,421; M.III,230. --garahin self-censuring Sn.778. --gutta selfguarded Dh.379. --gutti watchfulness as regards one’s self, self-care A.II,72. --ghañña self-destruction Dh.164. --ja proceeding from oneself Dh.161 (pāpa). --ñū knowing oneself A.IV,113, cp. D.III,252. --(n)tapa self-mortifying, self-vexing D.III,232 = A.II,205 (opp. paran°); M.I,341, 411; II,159; Pug.55, 56. --daṇḍa see atta¹. --danta selfrestrained, self-controlled Dh.104, 322. --diṭṭhi speculation concerning the nature of the soul Nd¹ 107; SnA 523, 527. --dīpa relying on oneself, independent, founded on oneself (+ attasaraṇa, opp. añña°) D.II,100 = III,42; S.V,154; Sn.501 (= attano guṇe eva attano dīpaṁ katvā SnA 416). --paccakkha only in Instr. °ena by or with his own presence, i. e. himself J.V,119. --paccakkhika eye-witness J.V,119. --paccatthika hostile to oneself Vin.II,94, 96. --paṭilābha acquisition of a personality D.I,195 (tayo: oḷārika, manomaya, arūpa). --paritāpana self-chastisement, mortification D.III,232 = A.II,205; M.I,341; PvA.18, 30. --parittā charm (protection) for oneself Vin.II,110. --paribhava disrespect for one’s own person Vbh.353. --bhāva one’s own nature (1) person, personality, individuality, living creature; form, appearance [cp. Dhs.trsl. LXXI and BSk. ātmabhāva body Divy 70, 73 (°pratilambha), 230; Sp. Av. Ś I,162 (pratilambha), 167, 171] Vin.II,238 (living beings, forms); S.V,442 (bodily appearance); A.I,279 (oḷārika a substantial creature); II,17 (creature); DhA.II,64, 69 (appearance); SnA 132 (personality). -- (2) life, rebirth A.I,134 sq.; III,412; DhA.II,68; PvA.8, 15, 166 (atītā °ā former lives). °ṁ pavatteti to lead a life, to live PvA.29, 181. Thus in cpd. paṭilābha assumption of an existence, becoming reborn as an individual Vin.II,185; III,105; D.III,231; M.III,46; S.II,255, 272, 283; III,144; A.II,159, 188; III,122 sq. -- (3) character, quality of heart Sn.388 (= citta SnA 374); J.I,61. --rūpa “of the form of self”, self-like only in Instr. °ena as adv. by oneself, on one’s own account, for the sake of oneself S.IV,97; A.II,120. --vadha self-destruction S.II,241; A.II,73. --vāda theory of (a persistent) soul D.III,230; M.I,66; D.II,58; S.II,3, 245 sq.; III,103, 165, 203; IV,1 sq., 43 sq., 153 sq.; Ps.I,156 sq.; Vbh.136, 375. For var. points of an “attavādic” doctrine see Index to Saṁyutta Nikāya. --vyābādha personal harm or distress self-suffering, one’s own disaster (opp. para°) M I 369; S.IV,339 = A.I,157; A.II,179. --vetana supporting oneself, earning one’s own living Sn.24. --sañcetanā self-perception, self-consciousness (opp. para°) D.III,231; A.II,159. --sambhava originating from one’s self S.I,70; A.IV,312; Dh.161 (pāpa); Th.1, 260. --sambhūta arisen from oneself Sn.272. --sammāpaṇidhi thorough pursuit or development of one’s personality A.II,32; Sn.260, cp. KhA 132. --saraṇa see °dipa. --sukha happiness of oneself, self-success Dpvs I,66, cp. II,11. --hita personal welfare one’s own good (opp. para°) D.III,233; A.II,95 sq. --hetu for one’s own sake, out of self-consideration Sn.122; Dh.328. (Page 22)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Attaniya: {'def': '(adj.) [from attā] belonging to the soul, having a soul, of the nature of soul, soul-like; usually nt. anything of the nature of soul M.I,138 = Kvu 67; M.I,297; II,263; S.III,78 (yaṁ kho anattaniyaṁ whatever has no soul), 127; IV,54 = Nd² 680 F; S.IV,82 = III,33 = Nd² 680 Q 3; S.IV,168; V,6; Nd² 680 D. Cp. Dhs.trsl. XXXV ff. (Page 23)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(‹attā),【形】自己的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】属于自己的。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Attantapa: {'def': '【形】自我禁欲(self-mortifying, self-vexing)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】自我禁欲。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Attapaccakkha: {'def': '【形】自我见证，亲身体验。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】自我见证，亲身体验(by or with his own presence, i.e.himself)。attapaccakkhika﹐见证者(eye-witness)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Attapaṭilābha: {'def': '【阳】获得一个个体。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】获得一个个体(acquisition of a personality)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Attasambhava: {'def': '【形】自己发生的。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】自己发生的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Attasanniyyātana: {'def': '奉献自己。DA.2./I,231~2.︰Api ca Bhagavato attānaṁ pariccajāmi, dhammassa, saṅghassa, attānaṁ pariccajāmi, jīvitaṁ pariccajāmi, pariccattoyeva me attā, pariccattaṁyeva jīvitaṁ, jīvitapariyantikaṁ Buddhaṁ saraṇaṁ gacchāmi, Buddho me saraṇaṁ leṇaṁ tāṇanti evampi attasanniyyātanaṁ veditabbaṁ.(再者，以：『我把自己舍给世尊、我把自己舍给法、僧，以及我施舍(我的)生命。如此将自己舍给佛等。我已经施舍自己，已经施舍生命。直到命终我归依佛，佛是我的归依、庇护、避难处。)当知如此为奉献自己。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Attha: {'def': '³ pres. 2^nd pl. of atthi (q. v.). (Page 24)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】福利，增益，财富，需要，缺乏，使用，意义，破坏。 ~kkhāyī,【形】指出什么是有益的。 ~kara, 【形】有益的。 ~kāma, 【形】向别人表示良好祝愿的人的行动。 ~kusala,【形】善于寻找利益，善于解说。 ~cara,【形】做好事，做善事。 ~cariyā, 【阴】做好事。 ~dassī, 【形】好意地，好心。 ~bhañjaka, 【形】损福利。 ~vādī, 【阳】讲好话的人。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '3, (atthi 的【现.2.复】)你们是。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '¹ (also aṭṭha, esp. in comb^ns mentioned under 3) (m. & nt.) [Vedic artha from ṛ, arti & ṛṇoti to reach, attain or to proceed (to or from), thus originally result (or cause), profit, attainment. Cp. semantically Fr. chose, Lat. causa] 1. interest, advantage, gain; (moral) good, blessing, welfare; profit, prosperity, well-being M.I,111 (atthassa ninnetar, of the Buddha, bringer of good); S.IV,94 (id.); S.I,34 (attano a. one’s own welfare), 55 (id.) 86, 102, 126 = A.II,46 (atthassa patti); S.I,162 (attano ca parassa ca); II,222 (id.); IV,347 (°ṁ bhañjati destroy the good or welfare, always with musāvādena by lying, cp. attha-bhañjanaka); A.I,61 (°ṁ anubhoti to fare well, to have a (good) result); III,364 (samparāyika a. profit in the future life); A.V,223 sq. (anattho ca attho ca detriment & profit); It.44 (v. l. attā better); Sn.37, 58 (= Nd² 26, where the six kinds of advantages are enum^d. as att° par° ubhay°, i. e. advantage, resulting for oneself, for others, for both; diṭṭhadhammik° samparāyik° param° gain for this life, for a future life, and highest gain of all, i. e. Arahantship); Sn.331 (ko attho supitena what good is it to sleep = na hi sakkā supantena koci attho papuṇituṁ SnA 338; cp. ko attho supinena te Pv.II,6¹); PvA.30 (atthaṁ sādheti does good, results in good, 69 (samparāyikena atthena). -- Dat. atthāya for the good, for the benefit of (Gen.); to advantage, often eomb^d. with hitāya sukhāya, e. g. D.III,211 sq.; It.79. -- Kh VIII,1 (to my benefit); Pv.I,4³ (= upakārāya PvA.18), II,12⁹ (to great advantage). See also below 6.

Sometimes in a more concrete meaning = riches, wealth, e. g. J.I,256 (= vaḍḍhiṁ C.); III,394 (id.); Pv IV.1⁴ (= dhanaṁ PvA.219). -- Often as --°: att°, one’s own wellfare, usually comb^d. with par° and ubhay° (see above) S.II,29; V,121; A.I,158, 216; III,63 sq.; IV,134; Sn.75 (att-aṭṭha, v. l. attha Nd²), 284 (atta-d-attha); uttam° the highest gain, the very best thing Dh.386 (= arahatta DhA.IV,142); Sn.324 (= arahatta SnA 332); param° id. Nd² 26; sad° one’s own weal D.II,141; M.I,4; S.II,29; V,145; A.I,144; sāttha (adj.) connected with advantage, beneficial, profitable (of the Dhamma; or should we take it as “with the meaning, in spirit”? see sāttha) D.I,62; S.V,352; A.II,147; III,152; Nd² 316. -- 2. need, want (c. Instr.), use (for = Instr.) S.I,37 (°jāta when need has arisen, in need); J.I,254; III,126, 281; IV,1; DhA.I,398 (n’atthi eteh’attho I have no use for them); VvA.250; PvA.24 (yāvadattha, adj. as much as is needed, sufficient = anappaka). -- 3. sense, meaning, import (of a word), denotation, signification. In this application attha is always spelt aṭṭha in cpds. aṭṭh-uppatti and aṭṭha-kathā (see below). On term see also Cpd. 4. -- S.III,93 (atthaṁ vibhajati explain the sense); A.I,23 (id.), 60 (nīt° primary meaning, literal meaning; neyy° secondary or inferred meaning); II,189 (°ṁ ācikkhati to interpret); Sn.126 (°ṁ pucchita asked the (correct) sense, the lit. meaning), 251 (°ṁ akkhāti); Th.1, 374; attho paramo the highest sense, the ultimate sense or intrinsic meaning It.98, cp. Cpd. 6, 81, 223; Miln.28 (paramatthato in the absolute sense); Miln.18 (atthato according to its meaning, opp. vyañjanato by letter, orthographically); DhA.II,82; III,175; KhA 81 (pad° meaning of a word); SnA 91 (id.); PvA.15 (°ṁ vadati to explain, interpret), 16, 19 (hitatthadhammatā “fitness of the best sense”, i. e. practical application), 71. Very frequent in Commentary style at the conclusion of an explained passage as ti attho “this is the meaning”, thus it is meant, this is the sense, e. g. DA.I,65; DhA.IV,140, 141; PvA.33, etc. --4.Contrasted with dhamma in the comb^n. attho ca dhammo ca it (attha) refers to the (primary, natural) meaning of the word, while dhamma relates to the (interpreted) meaning of the text, to its bearing on the norm and conduct; or one might say they represent the theoretical and practical side of the text (pāḷi) to be discussed, the “letter” and the “spirit”. Thus at A.I,69; V,222, 254; Sn.326 (= bhāsitatthañ ca pāḷidhammañ ca SnA 333); It.84 (duṭṭho atthaṁ na jānāti dhammaṁ na passati: he realises neither the meaning nor the importance); Dh.363 (= bhāsitatthañ c’eva desanādhammañ ca); J.II,353; VI,368; Nd² 386 (meaning & proper nature); Pv III,9⁶ (but expl^d. by PvA.211 as hita = benefit, good, thus referring it to above 1). For the same use see cpds. °dhamma, °paṭisambhidā, esp. in adv. use (see under 6) Sn.430 (yen’atthena for which purpose), 508 (kena atthena v. l. BB for T attanā), J.I,411 (atthaṁ vā kāraṇaṁ vā reason and cause); DhA.II,95 (+ kāraṇa(; PvA.11 (ayaṁ h’ettha attho this is the reason why). -- 5. (in very wide application, covering the same ground as Lat. res & Fr. chose): (a) matter, affair, thing, often untranslatable and simply to be given as “this” or “that” S.II,36 (ekena-padena sabbo attho vutto the whole matter is said with one word); J.I,151 (taṁ atthaṁ the matter); II,160 (imaṁ a. this); VI,289 (taṁ atthaṁ pakāsento); PvA.6 (taṁ atthaṁ pucchi asked it), 11 (visajjeti explains it), 29 (vuttaṁ atthaṁ what had been said), 82 (id.). -- (b) affair, cause, case (cp. aṭṭa² and Lat. causa) Dh.256, 331; Miln.47 (kassa atthaṁ dhāresi whose cause do you support, with whom do you agree?). See also alamattha. -- 6. Adv. use of oblique cases in the sense of a prep.: (a) Dat. atthāya for the sake of, in order to, for J.I,254 dhan’atthāya for wealth, kim° what for, why?), 279; II,133; III,54; DhA.II,82; PvA.55, 75, 78. -- (b) Acc. atthaṁ on account of, in order to, often instead of an infinitive or with another inf. substitute J.I,279 (kim°); III,53 (id.); I,253; II,128; Dpvs VI,79; DhA.I,397; PvA.32 (dassan° in order to see), 78, 167, etc. -- (c) Abl. atthā J.III,518 (pitu atthā = atthāya C.). -- (d) Loc. atthe instead of, for VvA.10; PvA.33; etc.

anattha (m. & nt.) 1. unprofitable situation or condition, mischief, harm, misery, misfortune S.I,103; II,196 (anatthāya saṁvattati); A.IV,96 (°ṁ adhipajjati) It.84 (°janano doso ill-will brings discomfort); J.I,63, 196; Pug.37; Dhs.1060, 1231; Sdhp.87; DA.I,52 (anatthajanano kodho, cp. It.83 and Nd² 420 Q²); DhA.II,73; PvA.13, 61, 114, 199. -- 2. (= attha 3) incorrect sense, false meaning, as adj. senseless (and therefore unprofitable, no good, irrelevant) A.V,222, 254 (adhammo ca); Dh.100 (= aniyyānad°īpaka DhA.II,208); Sn.126 (expl^d. at SnA 180 as ahitaṁ).

--akkhāyin showing what is profitable D.III,187. --attha riches J.VI,290 (= atthabhūtaṁ atthaṁ C.). --antara difference between the (two) meanings Miln.158. At Th.1, 374, Oldenberg’s reading, but the v. l. (also C. reading) atthandhara is much better = he who knows the (correct) meaning, esp. as it corresponds with dhamma-dhara (q. v.). --abhisamaya grasp of the proficient S.I,87 (see abhisamaya). --uddhāra synopsis or abstract of contents (“matter”) of the Vinaya Dpvs.V,37. --upaparikkhā investigation of meaning, (+ dhamma-savanna) M.III,175; A.III,381 sq.; IV,221; V,126. --uppatti (aṭṭh°) sense, meaning, explanation, interpretation J.I,89; DA.I,242; KhA 216; VvA.197, 203 (cp. pāḷito) PvA.2, 6, 78; etc. --kāma (adj.) (a) well-wishing, a well-wisher, friend, one who is interested in the welfare of others (cp. Sk. arthakāma, e. g. Bhagavadgīta II,5: gurūn arthakāman) S.I,140, 197, 201 sq.; A.III,143; D.III,164 (bahuno janassa a., + hitakāmo); J.I,241; Pv IV.3⁵¹; Pv A 25; SnA 287 (an°). ‹-› (b) one who is interested in his own gain or good, either in good or bad sense (= greedy) S.I,44; PvA.112. ‹-› --kathā (aṭṭha°) exposition of the sense, explanation, commentary J.V,38, 170; PvA.1, 71, etc. freq. in N. of Com. --kara beneficial, useful Vin.III,149; Miln.321. --karaṇa the business of trying a case, holding court, giving judgment (v. l. aṭṭa°) D.II,20; S.I,74 (judgment hall?). --kavi a didactic poet (see kavi) A.II,230. --kāmin = °kāma, well-wishing Sn.986 (devatā atthakāminī). --kāraṇā (Abl.) for the sake of gain D.III,186. --kusala clever in finding out what is good or profitable Sn.143 (= atthacheka KhA 236). --cara doing good, busy in the interest of others, obliging S.I,23 (narānaṁ = “working out man’s salvation”). --caraka (adj.) one who devotes himself to being useful to others, doing good, one who renders service to others, e. g. an attendant, messenger, agent etc. D.I,107 (= hitakāraka DA.I,276); J.II,87; III,326; IV,230; VI,369. --cariyā useful conduct or behaviour D.III,152, 190, 232; A.II,32, 248; IV,219, 364. --ñu one who knows what is useful or who knows the (plain or correct) meaning of something (+ dhammaññū) D.III,252; A.III,148; IV,113 sq. --dassin intent upon the (moral) good Sn.385 (= hitânupassin SnA 373). --dassimant one who examines a cause (cp. Sk. arthadarśika) J.VI,286 (but expl^d. by C. as “saṇha-sukhuma-pañña” of deep insight, one who has a fine and minute knowledge). --desanā interpretation, exegesis Miln.21 (dhamm°). --dhamma “reason and morality”, see above n⁰. 3. °anusāsaka one who advises regarding the meaning and application of the Law, a professor of moral philosophy J.II,105; DhA.II,71. --pada a profitable saying, a word of good sense, text, motto A.II,189; III,356; Dh.100. --paṭisambhidā knowledge of the meaning (of words) comb^d. with dhamma° of the text or spirit (see above n⁰. 3) Ps.I,132; II,150; Vbh.293 sq. --paṭisaṁvedin experiencing good D.III,241 (+ dhamma°); A.I,151; III,21. --baddha expecting some good from (c. Loc.) Sn.382. --bhañjanaka breaking the welfare of, hurting DhA.III,356 (paresaṁ of others, by means of telling lies, musāvādena). --majjha of beautiful waist J.V,170 (= sumajjhā C.; reading must be faulty, there is hardly any connection with attha; v. l. atta). --rasa sweetness (or substance, essence) of meaning (+ dhamma°, vimutti°) Nd² 466; Ps.II,88, 89. --vasa “dependence on the sense”, reasonableness, reason, consequence, cause D.II,285; M.I,464; II,120; III,150; S.II,202; III,93; IV,303; V,224; A.I,61, 77, 98; II,240; III,72, 169, 237; Dh.289 (= kāraṇa DhA.III,435); It.89; Sn.297; Ud.14. --vasika sensible It.89; Miln.406. --vasin bent on (one’s) aim or purpose Th.1, 539. --vādin one who speaks good, i. e. whose words are doing good or who speaks only useful speech, always in comb^n. with kāla° bhūta° dhamma° D.I,4; III,175; A.I,204; II,22, 209; Pug.58; DA.I,76 (expl^d. as “one who speaks for the sake of reaping blessings here and hereafter”). --saṁvaṇṇanā explanation, exegesis PvA.1. --saṁhita connected with good, bringing good, profitable, useful, salutary D.I,189; S.II,223; IV,330; V,417; A.III,196 sq., 244; Sn.722 (= hitena saṁhitaṁ SnA 500); Pug.58. --sandassana determination of meaning, definition Ps.I,105. --siddhi profit, advantage, benefit J.I,402; PvA.63. (Page 23)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '2(Vedic asta),【中】家(home, primarily as place of rest & shelter. Only in Acc. and as attha-: atthaṅgacchati to disappear, to go out of existence, to vanish(= vināsaṁ natthibhāvaṁ gacchati), (= parikkhayaṁ gacchati); pp. atthaṅgata, 已回家、已休息、已去、已消失(gone home, gone to rest, gone, disappeare)d; of the sun (= set): (atthangate suriye at sunset); (anatthangate s. before sunset) (atthagata).(= niruddha ucchinṇa vinaṭṭha anupādi-sesāya nibbāna-dhātuyā nibbuta). --atthagatatta (nt. abstr.) disappearance. --atthaṅgama (atthagama passim) annihilation, disappearance; opposed to samudaya (coming into existence) and synonymous with nirodha (destruction). --atthagamana (nt.) setting (of the sun) (suriyass’atthagamanā at sunset) (= ogamana). -- attha-gāmin, in phrase uday’atthagāmin leading to birth and death (of paññā): see udaya. --atthaṁ paleti = atthangacchati (= atthangameti nirujjhati). -- Also atthamita (pp. of i) set (of the sun) in phrase anatthamite suriye before sunset (with anatthangamite as v. l. at both pass.).', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '² (nt.) [Vedic asta, of uncertain etym.] home, primarily as place of rest & shelter, but in P. phraseology abstracted from the “going home”, i. e. setting of the sun, as disappearance, going out of existence, annihilation, extinction. Only in Acc. and as °- in foll phrases: atthaṅgacchati to disappear, to go out of existence, to vanish Dh.226 (= vināsaṁ natthibhāvaṁ gacchati DhA.III,324), 384 (= parikkhayaṁ gacchati); pp. atthaṅgata gone home, gone to rest, gone, disappeared; of the sun (= set): J.I,175 (atthaṅgate suriye at sunset); PvA.55 (id.) 216 (anatthaṅgate s. before sunset) fig. Sn.472 (atthagata). 475 (id.); 1075 (= niruddha ucchinṇa vinaṭṭha anupādi-sesāya nibbāna-dhātuyā nibbuta); It.58; Dhs.1038; Vbh.195. --atthagatatta (nt. abstr.) disappearance SnA 409. --atthaṅgama (atthagama passim) annihilation, disappearance; opposed to samudaya (coming into existence) and synonymous with nirodha (destruction) D.I,34, 37, 183; S.IV,327; A.III,326; Ps.II,4, 6, 39; Pug.52; Dhs.165, 265, 501, 579; Vbh.105. --atthagamana (nt.) setting (of the sun) J.I,101 (suriyass’atthagamanā at sunset) DA.I,95 (= ogamana). -- attha-gāmin, in phrase uday’atthagāmin leading to birth and death (of paññā): see udaya. --atthaṁ paleti = atthaṅgacchati (fig.) Sn.1074 (= atthaṅgameti nirujjhati Nd² 28). -- Also atthamita (pp. of i) set (of the sun) in phrase anatthamite suriye before sunset (with anatthaṅgamite as v. l. at both pass.) DhA.I,86; III,127. -- Cp. also abbhattha. (Page 24)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '1, aṭṭha,【阳】福利，增益，财富，意义。atthakkhāyī,【形】指出什么是有益的。atthakara,【形】有益的。atthakāma,【形】有益的欲。atthakusala,【形】善於寻找利益，善於解说。atthacara,【形】做好事，做善事。atthacariyā,【阴】做好事，利行。atthadassī,【形】好意地，好心。atthabhañjaka,【形】损福利。atthavādī,【阳】讲好话的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(atthi 的【现、贰、复】)。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atthagama: {'def': 'atthaṅgama(‹ atthaṁ gacchati 灭没。attha(n. sk. asta(家) +gama‹gam, 原指‘回家’)﹐【阳】灭没，灭绝(annihilation, disappearance)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】放下，灭绝。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atthakathā: {'def': '【阴】论，意义的注解。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】论，义释，注解。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atthara: {'def': '【阳】毯子，地毯。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】毯子，地毯。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[fr. attharati] a rug (for horses, elephants etc.) D.I,7. (Page 24)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Attharaka: {'def': '【阳】铺开的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】铺开的人。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[= atthara] a covering J.I,9; DA.I,87. -- f. °ikā a layer J.I,9; V,280. (Page 24)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Attharati: {'def': '[ā + stṛ] to spread, to cover, to spread out; stretch, lay out Vin.I,254; V,172; J.I,199; V,113; VI,428; Dh.I,272. -- pp. atthata (q. v.). -- Caus. attharāpeti to caused to be spread J.V,110; Mhvs 3, 20; 29, 7; 34, 69. (Page 24)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ā + thar + a), 铺，摆开。 atthari, 【过】。attharāpeti, 【使】。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ā+thar+a), 铺，摆开。atthari,【过】。attharāpeti,【使】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Attharaṇa: {'def': '【中】套，罩，床单。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】套，罩，床单。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. attharati] a covering, carpet, cover, rug Vin.II,291; A.II,56; III,53; Mhvs 3, 20; 15, 40; 25, 102; ThA.22. (Page 24)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atthasālinī: {'def': 'f. 勝義説, 法集論註. DhsA.', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'f. 勝義說, 法集論註. DhsA.', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}

Atthata: {'def': '[pp. of attharati] spread, covered, spread over with (-°) Vin.I,265; IV,287; V,172 (also °an); A.III,50; PvA.141. (Page 24)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(attharati 的【过分】), 已铺开，已打开。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(attharati 的【过分】), 已铺开，已打开。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atthatta: {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. attha¹] reason, cause; only in Abl. atthattā according to the sense, by reason of, on account of PvA.189 (-°). (Page 24)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atthavant: {'def': '(adj.) [cp. Sk. arthavant] full of benefit S.I,30; Th.1, 740; Miln.172. (Page 25)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atthavasa: {'def': '【阳】理由，用途。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】理由，用途。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atthaññū: {'def': '【形】懂得意义或什么是属於善的的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】懂得意义或什么是属于善的的人。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Attheva: {'def': '(atthi+eva)﹐有如是。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atthi: {'def': '(=santi) (as+a+ti；Sk. asti), 有，在，存在，想。【1.单.现】asmi, amhi。【2.单.现】asi。【3.单.现】atthi。【1.复.现】asma (梵smah)，amha，amhāse，asmāse。【2.复.现】attha。【3.复.现】atthi, santi。【命】atthu。【1.单.祈】siyā (梵syām), assaṁ(= bhaveyyaṁ) 。【2.单.祈】siyā (梵syāh) 。【3.单.祈】siyā (梵 syāt), assa。【1.复.祈】assu。【3.复.祈】assu [cp.梵syuh] 。【1.单.过】āsiṁ (梵 āsaṁ), ahosiṁ 。【2.单.过】āsi (梵āsīt) 。【3.单.过】āsuṁ (cp.梵perf. āsuh) 。【现分】santa(m.p.Nom.), samāna, santiṁ, satiyā(ppr.(f.s.Loc.))。【处】ppr. sati。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(as + a + ti), 有，在，存在。(p11)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Sk. asti, 1^st sg. asmi; Gr. ei]mi/--e]sti/; Lat. sum-est; Goth. im-ist; Ags. eom-is E. am-is] to be, to exist. ‹-› Pres. Ind. 1^st sg. asmi Sn.1120, 1143; J.I,151; III,55, and amhi M.I,429; Sn.694; J.II,153; Pv.I,10²; II,8². ‹-› 2^nd sg. asi Sn.420; J.II,160 (‘si); III,278; Vv 32⁴; PvA.4. -- 3^rd sg. atthi Sn.377, 672, 884; J.I,278. Often used for 3^rd pl. (= santi), e. g. J.I,280; II,2; III,55. -- 1^st pl. asma [Sk. smaḥ] Sn.594, 595; asmase Sn.595, and amha Sn.570; J.II,128. 2^nd pl. attha J.II,128; PvA.39, 74 (āgat’attha you have come). ‹-› 3^rd pl. santi Sn.1077; Nd² 637 (= saṁvijjanti atthi upalabbhanti); J.II,353; PvA.7, 22 -- Imper. atthu Sn.340; J.I,59; III,26. -- Pot. 1^st sg. siyā [Sk. syām] Pv.II,8⁸, and assaṁ [Cond. used as Pot.] Sn.1120; Pv.I,12⁵ (= bhaveyyaṁ PvA.64). -- 2^nd sg. siyā [Sk. syāḥ] Pv.II,8⁷. -- 3^rd sg. siyā [Sk. syāt] D.II,154; Sn.325, 1092; Nd² 105 (= jāneyya, nibbatteyya); J.I,262; PvA.13, and assa D.I,135, 196; II,154; A.V,194; Sn.49, 143; Dh.124, 260; Pv.II,3²⁴; 9²⁴. -- 1^st pl. assu PvA.27. ‹-› 3^rd pl. assu [cp. Sk. syuḥ] Sn.532; Dh.74; Pv IV.1³⁶ (= bhaveyyuṁ PvA.231). -- Aor. 1^st sg. āsiṁ [Sk. āsaṁ] Sn.284; Pv.I,2¹ (= ahosiṁ PvA.10); II,3⁴ (= ahosiṁ PvA.83). -- 3^rd sg. āsi [Sk. āsīt] Sn.994. -- 3^rd āsuṁ [cp. Sk. Perf. āsuḥ] Pv.II,3²¹, 13³ (ti pi pāṭho for su). ‹-› Ppr. *sat only in Loc. sati (as Loc. abs.) Dh.146; J.I,150, 263, santa Sn.105; Nd² 635; J.I,150 (Loc. evaṁ sante in this case); III,26, and samāna (q. v.) J.I,266; IV,138.

--bhāva state of being, existence, being J.I,222, 290; II,415; DhA.II,5; IV,217 (atthibhāva vā natthibhāva vā whether there is or not). (Page 25)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atthika: {'def': 'atthiya, atthī,【形】切望，想，寻找。(p11)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'atthiya, atthī,【形】热望，想，寻找。atthikatā﹐热望性。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [cp. Sk. arthika] 1. (to attha¹) profitable, good, proper. In this meaning the MSS show a variance of spelling either atthika or aṭṭhika or aṭṭhita; in all cases atthika should be preferred D.I,55 (°vāda); M.II,212 (aṭṭhita); A.III,219 sq. (idaṁ atthikaṁ this is suitable, of good avail; T aṭṭhitaṁ, vv. ll. as above); Sn.1058 (aṭṭhita; Nd² 20 also aṭṭhita, which at this pass. shows a confusion between aṭṭha and a-ṭhita); J.V,151 (in def. of aṭṭhikatvā q. v.); Pug.69, 70 (T aṭṭhika, aṭṭhita SS; expl^d. by Pug.A.V,4 by kalyāṇāya). -- 2. (to attha¹ 2) desirous of (-°), wanting, seeking for, in need of (c. Instr.) A.II,199 (uday° desirous of increase); Sn.333, 460, 487 (puññ°), 987 (dhan° greedy for wealth); J.I,263 (rajj° coveting a kingdom); V,19; Pv.II,2²⁸ (bhojan° in need of food); IV,1¹ (kāraṇ°), 1²¹ (khiḍḍ° for play), 1⁶³ (puññ°); PvA.95 (sasena a. wanting a rabbit), 120; DA.I,70 (atthikā those who like to). --anatthika one who does not care for, or is not satisfied with (c. Instr.) J.V,460; PvA.20; of no good Th.1, 956 (“of little zeal” Mrs. Rh. D.).

--bhāva (a) usefulness, profitableness Pug.A.V,4. (b) state of need, distress PvA.120. (Page 25)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atthikavant: {'def': '(adj.) [atthika + vant] one who wants something, one who is on a certain errand D.I,90 (atthikaṁ assa atthī ti DA.I,255). (Page 25)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atthin: {'def': '(adj.) (-°) [Vedic arthin] desirous, wanting anything; see mant°, vād°. (Page 25)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atthitā: {'def': '【阴】 atthibhāva,【阳】存在，存在的事实。(p11)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】atthibhāva,【阳】存在，存在的事实。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [f. abstr. fr. atthi cp. atthibhāva] state of being, existence, being, reality M.I,486; S.II,17 (°añ c° eva natthitañ ca to be and not to be); III,135; J.V,110 (kassaci atthitaṁ vā natthitaṁ vā jānāhi see if there is anybody or not); DhsA.394. -- Often in Abl. atthitāya by reason of, on account of, this being so DhA.III,344 (idamatthitāya under this condition) PvA.94, 97, 143. (Page 25)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atthiya: {'def': '(adj.) (-°) [= atthika] having a purpose or end S.III,189 (kim° for what purpose?); A.V,1 sq. (id.), 311 sq.; Th.1, 1097 (att° having one’s purpose in oneself), 1274; Sn.354 (yad atthiyaṁ on account of what). (Page 25)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atthu: {'def': '(atthi 的【祈】), 但愿如此！(p11)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(atthi 的【祈】), 但愿如此！', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atthāra: {'def': '【阳】铺开。atthāraka,【阳】铺开的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】铺开。 ~ka, 【阳】铺开的人。(p11)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[cp. Sk. āstāra, fr. attharati] spreading out Vin.V,172 (see kaṭhina). atthāraka same ibid.; Vin.II,87 (covering). (Page 25)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atthāya: {'def': '(attha 的【与】), …为…起见。Kimatthāya = 为何目的?什么为?', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(attha 的【与】), …为…起见。 Kimatthāya = 为何目的？什么为？(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Attāṇa: {'def': '(adj.) [a + tāṇa] without shelter or protection J.I,229; Miln.148, 325; ThA.285. (Page 23)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】没有保护。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】没有保护。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Atula: {'def': '﹐【形】无比的，无等的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atīradassin: {'def': '(adj.-n.) [a + tīra + dassin] not seeing the shore J.I,46; VI,440; also as atīradassanī (f.) J.V,75 (nāvā). Cp. D I 222. (Page 22)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Atīta: {'def': '(adj.-n.) [Sk. atīta, ati + ita, pp. of i. Cp. accaya & ati eti] 1. (temporal) past, gone by (cp. accaya 1) (a) adj. atītaṁ addhānaṁ in the time which is past S.III,86; A.IV,219; V,32. -- Pv.II,12¹² (atītānaṁ, scil. attabhāvāuaṁ, pariyanto na dissati); khaṇâtīta with the right moment past Dh.315 = Sn.333; atītayobbana he who is past youth or whose youth is past Sn.110. -- (b) nt. the past: atīte (Loc.) once upon a time J.I,98 etc. atītaṁ āhari he told (a tale of) the past, i. e. a Jātaka J.I,213, 218, 221 etc. -- S.I,5 (atītaṁ nânusocati); A.III,400 (a. eko anto); Sn.851, 1112. In this sense very frequently comb^d. with or opposed to anāgata the future & paccuppanna the present, e. g. atītânāgate in past & future S.II,58; Sn.373; J.VI,364. Or all three in ster. comb^n. atīt’-anāgata-paccuppanna (this the usual order) D.III,100, 135; S.II,26, 110, 252; III,19, 47, 187; IV,4 sq.; 151 sq.; A.I,264 sq., 284; II,171, 202; III,151; V,33; It.53; Nd² 22; but also occasionally atīta paccuppanna anāgata, e. g. PvA.100. -- 2. (modal) passed out of, having overcome or surmounted, gone over, free from (cp. accaya 2) S.I,97 (maraṇaṁ an° not free from death), 121 (sabbavera-bhaya°); A.II,21; III,346 (sabbasaṁyojana°); Sn.373 (kappa°), 598 (khaya°, of the moon = ūnabhāvaṁ atīta SnA. 463); Th.1, 413 (c. Abl.) -- 3. (id.) overstepping, having transgressed or neglected (cp. accaya 3) Dh.176 (dhammaṁ).

--aṁsa the past (= atīta koṭṭhāse, atikkantabhavesū ti attho ThA.233) D.II,222; III,275; Th.2, 314. --ārammaṇa state of mind arising out of the past Dhs.1041. (Page 21)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】过去的，离去的，已去的。【阳】过去。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ati+ita‹i；Sk. atīta),【形】过去的，离去的，已去的((temporal) past, gone by)。【阳】过去。atītānāgatapaccuppannaṁ(atītā过去+n+āgata未来+paccuppannaṁ现在)，过去(atītaṁ；past)、已灭(niruddhaṁ；ceased)、已离(vigataṁ;dissolved)、已变易(vipariṇataṁ；changed)、已终止(atthaṁgataṁ；terminated)、已消失(abbhatthaṁgataṁ；disappeared)、生已离(uppajjitvā vigataṁ；having arisen has dissolved)；未生(ajātaṁ；not born)、未存在(abhūtaṁ；not become)、未产生(asañjātaṁ；not begotten 未招致)、未起(anibbattaṁ；not existent)、未现起(anabhinibbattaṁ；fully non-existent)、未出现(apātubhūtaṁ；not apparent)、未发生(anuppannaṁ；not risen)、未全发生(asamuppannaṁ；not well risen)、未生起(anuṭṭhitaṁ；not uprisen)、未全生起(asamuṭṭhitaṁ；not well uprisen)；已生( jātaṁ；born)、已存在( bhūtaṁ；become)、已产生( sañjātaṁ；begotten 招致)、已起(nibbattaṁ；existent)、已现起(abhinibbattaṁ；fully existent)、已出现(pātubhūtaṁ；apparent)、已发生(uppannaṁ；risen)、已全发生(samuppannaṁ；well risen)、已生起(uṭṭhitaṁ；uprisen)、已全生起(samuṭṭhitaṁ；well uprisen)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Atīva: {'def': '【无】非常，多。(p10)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【无】非常，多。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(indecl.) [ati + iva, see also ativiya] very much, exceedingly J.II,413; Mhvs 33, 2 etc. (Page 22)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avabhuñjati: {'def': '[ava + bhuñjati] to eat, to eat up J.III,272 (inf. °bhottuṁ), 273. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avabhāsa: {'def': '[later form of obhāsa] Only in cpd. gambhīrāvabhāso D.II,55, looking deep. Same cpd. at A.II,105 = Pug.46 has obhāsa. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】光，出现。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】光，出现。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avabhāsaka: {'def': '(-°) (adj.) [fr. avabhāsa] shining, shedding light on, illuminating Sdhp.14. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avabhāsati: {'def': '(ava+bhās+a), 照耀，发光。avabhāsi,【过】。avabhāsita,【过分】已辉煌，已照亮。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ava + bhās + a), 照耀，发光。~bhāsi,【过】。 ~sita, 【过分】已辉煌，已照亮。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avabhāsita: {'def': '(-°) [late form of obhāsita] shining with, resplendent Sdhp.590. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avabhūta: {'def': '(adj.) [ava + bhūta, pp. of ava + bhū] “come down”, despised, low, unworthy M.II,210. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avabodha: {'def': '【阳】 avabujjhana, 【中】知识，理解。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】avabujjhana,【中】知识，理解。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ava + bodha] perception, understanding, full knowledge SnA. 509 (sacca°). -- Neg. an° not awakened to the truth Vv 82⁶ (= ananubodha VvA.319). (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avabodhati: {'def': '(-°) [cp. Sk. avabodhati] to realise, perceive, pay attention to J.III,151 nâva°). (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avabodheti: {'def': '(ava+budh醒+e), 感知，感到，认识到。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ava + budh + e), 感知，感到，认识到。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avabujjhati: {'def': '(-°) [Cp. BSk. avabudhyate] to understand A.IV,96 = It.83 (n’avabujjhati); A.IV,98 (id.) J.I,378 = III,387 (interchanging with anubujjhati at the latter pass.). (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ava + budh + ya), 明白。 ~bujjhi, 【过】。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ava+budh醒+ya), 明白。avabujjhi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avaca: {'def': '【形】低。（只有在 uccāvaca 的组合中）。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [der. fr. ava after the analogy of ucca › ut] low, only in comb^n. uccâvacā (pl.) high and low, see ucca. KvuA 38. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】低。(只有在 uccāvaca高低的，增高的)的组合中)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'avoca (vaca 的【过，壹，单】), 他说。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'avoca (vaca 的【3.单.过】), 他说。mā evaṁ avoca › māhevaṁ(mā-h-evaṁ) avoca 勿如是说。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avacana: {'def': '(nt.) [a + vacana] “non-word”, i. e. the wrong word or expression J.I,410. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avacanīya: {'def': '【形】不要被训诫的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】不要被训诫的。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avacara: {'def': '【形】搬进的，时常发生的，频繁的。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ava + car, also BSk. avacara in same sense),【形】【中】搬进，移入(living in or with, moving in)。【中】界(sphere (of moving or activity), realm, plane (of temporal existence))。kāmāvacara﹐欲界。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(-°) (n.-adj.) [ava + car, also BSk. avacara in same sense, e.g. antaḥpurâvacarā the inmates of the harem Jtm 210] (a) (adj.) living in or with, moving in D.I,206 (santika° one who stays near, a companion); fig. dealing or familiar with, at home in A.II,189 (atakka°); IV,314 (parisā°); J.I,60 (tāḷa° one conversant with music, a musician, see tāḷa¹); II,95 (saṅgāma°); Miln.44 (id. and yoga°). -- (b) (n.) sphere (of moving or activity), realm, plane (of temporal existence); only as t.t in kāmâvacara rupâvacara arūpâvacara or the 3 realms of sense-desires, form and non-form: kāma° D.I,34 (°deva); Dhs.431 (as adj.); rūpa° Pug.37; arūpa° Pug.38; Ps.I,83, 84, 101; Dhs.A 387; PvA.138, 163; to be omitted in Dhs.1268, 1278. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avacaraka: {'def': 'ocaraka(‹avacara),【三】1.界(belonging to the sphere of sense experiences)。2.间谍(spy)。kāmāvacarika,【形】欲界的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '& ocaraka (adj.-n.) [fr. avacara] 1. only in cpd. kāmâvacarika as adj. to kāmâvacara, belonging to the sphere of sense experiences, Sdhp. 254. -- 2. Late form of ocaraka, spy, only in C. on Th.1, 315 ff. quoted in Brethren 189, n 3. Occurs in BSk (Divy 127). (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【三】间谍，坏性格。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avacaraṇa: {'def': '【中】行为，职业，交易。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. avacarati 1] being familiar with, dealing with, occupation J.II,95. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】行为，职业，交易。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avacchedaka: {'def': '(-°) (adj) [ava + cheda + ka] cutting off, as nt. °ṁ adv. in phrase kabaḷâvacchedakaṁ after the manner of cutting off mouthfuls (of food) Vin.II,214; IV,196; cp. āsāvacchedika whose hope or longing has been cut off or destroyed Vin.I, 259. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avacchidda: {'def': '(-°) (adj.) [ava + chidda] perforated, only in redupl. (intensive) cpd. chiddâvacchidda perforated all over, nothing but holes J.III,491; DhA.I,122. 284, 319. Cp. chidda-vicchidda. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avacuttha: {'def': '2nd pret. of vac, in prohib form mā evaṁ avacuttha do not speak thus J.VI,72; DhA.IV,228. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avadehaka: {'def': '(-°) (adj.) [ava + deha + ka but more likely direct fr. ava + dih] in the idiom udarāvadehakaṁ bhuñjati, to eat one’s fill M.I,102; Th.1, 935. Vism.33 has udarāvadehaka-bhojana, a heavy meal. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avadhi: {'def': '【阳】边界，界限。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '3 sg. aor. of vadhati. -- At DhA.II,73 avadhi = odhi. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】边界，界限。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avadhāraṇa: {'def': '【中】强调，选择。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】强调，选择。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [Cp. Sk. avadhāraṇa, fr. ava + dhṛ] calling attention to, affirmation, emphasis; as t.t. used by C’s in explanation of evaṁ at DA.I,27; and of kho at PvA.11, 18. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avadhāreti: {'def': '(ava+dhar忍受+e), 选择，肯定。avadhāresi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ava + dhar + e), 选择，肯定。~esi,【过】。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avadhārita: {'def': '(Avadhāreti的【过分】) 选择，肯定。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avadāna: {'def': 'see apadāna. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avadāniya: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. avadāna cutting off; ava + dā² to cut] stingy, niggardly Sn.774 (= Nd¹ 36 which expl^s. as follows: avaṁ gacchanti ti pi avadāniyā; maccharino pi vuccanti avadāniyā; buddhānaṁ vacanaṁ n’âdiyantī ti avadāniyā. SnA. 516 condenses this expl^n. into the foll.: avaṅgamanatāya maccharitāya buddhâdīnaṁ vacanaṁ anādiyanatāya ca avadāniyā). (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avadāpana: {'def': '(cleansing): see vodāpana. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avadāpeti: {'def': '(to deal out) only BSk pary° Divy 202. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avadāta: {'def': '(= odāta) Dāvs III,14 (metri causa). (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】白色的，清洁的。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】白色的，清洁的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avadāyati: {'def': '[denom. fr. avadā in same meaning as anuddā, to dā¹: see dayati²] to have pity on, to feel sorry for J.IV,178 (bhūtānaṁ nâvadāyissaṁ, gloss n’ânukampiyaṁ). (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avadīyati: {'def': '[Sk. avadīryati, ava + ḍr¹, ḍrṇāti, see etym. under darī] to burst, split open J.VI,183 (= bhijjati C.) see also uddīyati, (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avagacchati: {'def': '(ava + gam + a), 达到，获得，理解。 ~cchi, 【过】。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ava+gam去+a), 达到，获得，理解。avagacchi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ava + gacchati] to come to, approach, visit (cp. Vedic avagacchati) PvA.87. Avagaṇḍa (--kāraka) (adj.) [ava + gaṇḍa°] “making a swelling”, i. e. puffing out the cheeks, stuffing the cheeks, full (when eating); only nt. °ṁ as adv. after the manner or in the way of stuffing etc. Vin.II,214; IV,196. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avagata: {'def': '(avagacchati 的【过分】)。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of avagacchati] at PvA.222 is uncertain reading; the meaning is “known, understood” (aññāta Pv IV.1¹¹); perhaps we should read āvikata or adhigata (so v.l. BB). (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(avagacchati 的【过分】)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avagaṇḍakāra: {'def': '【阳】以食物填塞着颊。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】以食物填塞著颊。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avaggaha: {'def': '[Sk. avagraha] hindrance, impediment, used at DA.I,95 as syn. for drought (dubuṭṭhikā). (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avaguṇṭhana: {'def': '(adj.) (-°) [fr. oguṇṭheti] covering Sdhp.314. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avagāha: {'def': '【阳】 avagāhana, 【中】投入，跳入，进入。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】avagāhana,【中】投入，跳入，进入。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avagāhati: {'def': '(ava + gāh + a), 投入，跳入，进入。 avagāhi, 【过】。 avagāḷha,【过分】。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ava+gāh冲进+a), 投入，跳入，进入。avagāhi,【过】。avagāḷha,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '& ogāhati [ava + gāhati] to plunge or enter into, to be absorbed in (Acc. & Loc.) Vism.678 (vipassanāvīthiṁ); Sdhp.370, 383. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avaharati: {'def': '(ava + har + a), 偷，取走。 avahari, 【过】。(p44)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '& oharati [ava + hṛ] to steal J.I,384; PvA.47 (avahari vatthaṁ), 86 (id., = apānudi). -- pp. avahaṭa (q. v.). (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ava+har拿+a), 偷，取走。avahari,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avaharaṇa: {'def': '(-°) [fr. avaharati in both meanings] taking away, removal; theft PvA.47 (sāṭaka°), 92 (soka°). (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】avahāra,【阳】窃盗，移掉。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】 avahāra, 【阳】窃盗，移掉。(p44)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avahasati: {'def': '(ava+has+a), 嘲弄，嘲笑。avahasi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ava + has] to laugh at, deride, mock J.V,111 (aññamaññaṁ); PvA.178. -- aor. avahasi J.IV,413. (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ava + has + a), 嘲弄，嘲笑。 avahasi, 【过】。(p44)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avahaṭa: {'def': '(avaharati 的【过分】)。(p44)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(avaharati 的【过分】)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of avaharati] taken away, stolen Miln.46. (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avahāra: {'def': '[fr. avaharati] taking, acquiring, acquisition Vin.V,129 (pañca avahārā, viz. theyya°, pasayha°, parikappa°, paṭicchanna°, kusa°). (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avahīyati: {'def': '[for ohīyati] to be left behind, to stay behind J.V,340. (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '参考 Ohīyati。(p44)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ava+hi+ya), 留下来，逗留。参考 Ohīyati。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avaita: {'def': '【梵】不二(non-dualistic bliss。non-dualistic, non-dual, non-duality, non-dual Absolute)，意思是一种非「二」的对立状态，不用二分法，非自非他、非有非无、非善非恶、……。「非二」的思想来自「奥义书」，发挥「梵我不二」的思想，印度后代吠檀多派(Advaita Vedanta)的重要思想，大乘佛教也吸收这概念，讲「烦恼菩提不二，生死与涅盘不二」等。‘不二’，无法以阿毘达摩来理解它，简单说，它是一种被创造的「理想」概念，在有为法中，不可能进入「非二」的世界，或者保持在「非二」之界，「非二」不存在於「现实」。在61种涅盘之同义词中(《相应部》S.43.12~44，及《导论》(Nettippakaraṇa, CS:p.47~48 )，及在其他的巴利文三藏中的「涅盘」定义，没有‘不二’概念。在阿毘达摩中，最深奥的「涅盘」这个究竟法，都可以解析或体证，但是‘不二’是不可以以阿毘达摩来解析或被体证，它只存在於想像。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avajaya: {'def': '[ava + jaya, cp. apajita] defeat DhA.II,228 (v.l. for T. ajaya). (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avajināti: {'def': '(ava + ji + nā), 击败，再征服。 avajini, 【过】。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ava+ji胜+nā), 击败，再征服。avajini,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avajita: {'def': '(Avajināti的【过分】) 击败，再征服。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avajja: {'def': '【形】无法责备的，无瑕的。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [Sk. avadya, seemigly a + vadya, but in reality a der. fr. ava. According to Childers = Sk. avarjya from vraj, thus meaning “not to be shunned, not forbidden”. This interpretⁿ is justified by context of Dh.318, 319. The P. commentator refers it to ava + vad (for *ava-vadya) in sense of to blame, cp. apavadati] low, inferior, blamable, bad, deprecable Dh.318, 319; Dhs.1160. More fig. in neg. form anavajja blameless, faultless D.I,70 (= anindita DA.I,183); A.II,26 = It.102; Sn.47 (°bhojin carrying on a blameless mode of livelihood, see Nd² 39), 263 (= anindita agarahita KhA 140): Ps.II,116, 170; Pug.30, 41, 58; Sdhp.436. Opp. sāvajja. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】无法责备的，无瑕的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avajjatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. to prec.), only neg. an° blamelessness, faultlessness Pug.25, 41; Dhs.1349. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avajjha: {'def': '(adj.) [grd of a + vadhati, Sk. vadhya, vadh] not to be killed or destroyed, inviolable Sn.288; J.V,69; VI,132. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】不被杀害的，不被处罚的。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】不被杀害的，不被处罚的，唐捐。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avajānana: {'def': '【中】轻视，蔑视。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】轻视，蔑视。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avajānāti: {'def': '[ava + jñā] 1. to deny Vin.II,85; A.III,164 = Pug.65. -- 2. (later) to despise DhA.III,16; PvA.175 (grd. °jānitabba) -- Of short stem-form ñā are found the foll: grd. avaññeyya PvA.175, and with o°: grd. oñātabba PvA.195; pp. avañāta, besides avaññāta. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ava+ñā+nā), 轻视。avajāni,【过】。avajāneyya,【义】。Sn.1-11(v.206)︰Etādisena kāyena, yo maññe uṇṇametave. Paraṁ vā avajāneyya, kimaññatra adassanāti.(具有这样(龌龊的)身体，还自以为了不起，轻蔑他人，这种人是瞶眛(看不见)。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ava + ñā + nā), 轻视。 avajāni, 【过】。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avajāta: {'def': '(adj.) [ava + jāta; cp. B.Sk. avajāta in meaning misborn, miscarriage] low-born, of low or base birth, fig. of low character (opp. abhijāta) Sn.664 (= buddhassa avajātaputta SnA 479); It.63; Miln.359. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】认为违法的，贱生的。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】认为违法的，贱生的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avajīyati: {'def': '[ava + jīyati; Sk. avajiryate] to be diminished, to be lost, be undone J.I,313 (jitaṁ a; v.l. avajījy°); Dh.179 (jitaṁ a = dujjitaṁ hoti DhA.III,197). (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ava + ji + ya), 被减少，被取消。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ava+ji+ya), 被减少，被取消。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avakanta: {'def': '[for *avakatta, Sk. avakṛtta; pp. of avakantati, see kanta²] cut, cut open, cut off J.IV,251 (galak’âvakantaṁ). (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avakantati: {'def': '& okantati (okk°) [cp. Sk. avakṛntati, ava + kantati, cp. also apakantati] to cut off, cut out, cut away, carve -- (ava:) J.IV,155. -- pp. avakanta & avakantita. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avakantita: {'def': '[pp. of avakantati] cut out PvA.213. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avakappanā: {'def': '& okappanā (f.) [ava + kappanā] preparation, fixing up, esp. harnessing J.VI,408. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avakaroti: {'def': '[Sk. apakaroti, cp. P. apa°] “to put down”, to despise, throw away; only in der, avakāra & avakārin. ‹-› pp. avakata (q. v.). -- See also avākaroti & cp. avakirati 2. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avakassati: {'def': '(ava + ka + a), 参考 Avakaḍḍhati。(p41)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ava+ka+a), 倒退。参考 Avakaḍḍhati。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '& okassati [cp. Sk. avakarṣati, ava + kṛṣ; see also apakassati & avakaḍḍhati] to drag down, to draw or pull away, distract, remove. -- A.V,74 = Vin.II,204 (+ vavakassati). (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avakata: {'def': '= apakata, v.l. at It.89. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avakaḍḍhana: {'def': '【中】退走，倒退。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】退走，倒退。(p41)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avakaḍḍhati: {'def': '[ava + kaḍḍhati, cp. avakassati & apakassati] Nett 4 (avakaḍḍhayitvā). Pass. avakaḍḍhati J.IV,415 (hadayaṁ me a. my hcart is weighed down = sokena avakaḍḍhīyati C; v.l. avakassati). -- pp. avakaḍḍhita. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ava+kaḍḍh拖拉+a), 倒退。avakaḍḍhi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ava + kaḍḍh + a), 倒退。~kaḍḍhi,【过】。(p41)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avakaḍḍhita: {'def': '【过分】已使下跌，已摧毁，已拖开。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of avakaḍḍhati] pulled down, dragged away DhA.III,195. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【过分】已使下跌，已摧毁，已拖开。(p41)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avakaṁsa: {'def': '[fr. ava-karṣati; on ṁs: *rṣ cp. haṁsati: harṣati] dragging down, detraction, abasement, in cpd. ukkaṁsâvak° lifting up & pulling down, raising and lowering, rise & fall D.I,54. (Page 80)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avakaṅkhati: {'def': '(-°) [ava + kaṅkhati; cp. Sk. anu-kāṅkṣati] to wish for, strive after S.IV,57 (n’); J.IV,371 (n’); V 340 (n’), 348 (n’= na pattheti C). (Page 80)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avakirati: {'def': '(ava+kir散+a), 倒下，丢出，散布。avakiri,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '& okirati [ava + kirati] 1. to pour down on, to pour out over; aor. avakiri PvA.86; ger. °kiritvā J.V,144. -- 2. to cast out, reject, throw out; aor. avākiri Vv 30⁵ = 48⁵ (v.l. °kari; VvA.126 expl^s by chaḍḍesi vināsesi). -- Pass. avakirīyati Pv III,1¹⁰ (= chaḍḍīyati PvA.174); grd. °kiriya (see sep.). See also apakiritūna. pp. okiṇṇa. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ava + kir + a), 倒下，丢出，散布。avakiri,【过】。(p41)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avakiriya: {'def': '[grd of avakirati] to be cast out or thrown away; rejectable, low, contemptible J.V,143 (taken by C. as ger. = avakiritvā). (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Avakirati的【独】), 散布了，丢弃了。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avakkama: {'def': '[fr. avakkamati] entering, appearance J.V,330 (gabbhassa). (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avakkamati: {'def': '& okkamati [ava + kamati fr. kram] to approach. to enter, go into or near to, to fall into, appear in, only in ger. (poetically) avakamma J.III,480 (v.l. apa°). (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ava + kam + a), 进入，淹没。~kami,【过】。(p41)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ava+kam+a), 进入，淹没。avakkami,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avakkamma: {'def': '(Avakkamati的【独】), 进入了，移开了。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avakkanta: {'def': '(avakkamati 的【过分】), 已困扰，已被淹没。(p41)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(avakkamati 的【过分】), 已困扰，已被淹没。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(-°) [pp. ofnext] entered by, beset with, overwhelmed by (Instr.) S.III,69 (dukkha°, sukha° and an°). (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avakkanti: {'def': '(f.) [fr. avakkamati] entry, appearance, coming down into, opportunity for rebirth S.II,66 (nāmarūpassa); III,46 (pañcannaṁ indriyānaṁ); Pug.13 (= okkanti nibbatti pātubhāvo PugA 184); Kvu 142 (nāmarūpassa); Miln.123 (gabbhassa). (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】进入。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】进入。(p41)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avakkhalita: {'def': '[pp. of avakkhaleti, Caus. of kṣal] washed off, taken away from, detracted DA.I,66 (v.l. apa°). (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avakkhipana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. avakkhipati] throwing down, putting down J.I,163. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】放下，丢下。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】放下，丢下。(p41)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avakkhipati: {'def': '(ava + khip + a), 丢下，降低，投下。 ~khipi, 【过】。(p41)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '& okkhipati [ava + khipati; cp. Sk. avakṣipati] to throw down or out, cast down, drop; fig. usually appl^d to the eyes = to cast down, hence transferred to the other senses and used in meaning of “to keep under, to restrain, to have control over” (cp. also avakkhāyati), aor. °khipi DA.I,268 (bhusaṁ, v. l. avakkhasi). (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ava+khip抛+a), 丢下，降低，投下。avakkhikhipi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avakkhitta: {'def': '(Avakkhipati的【过分】) 丢下，降低，投下。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '& okkhitta [pp. of avakkhipati] 1. [= Sk. avakṣipta] thrown down, flung down, cast down, dropped; thrown out, rejected. (ava:) M.I,296 (ujjhita +); DA.I,281 (an°), 289 (pinḍa); PvA.174 (piṇḍa). 2. [= Sk. utkṣipta?] thrown off, gained, produced, got (cp. uppādita), in phrase sed’âvakkhitta gained by sweat A.II,67; III,45. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avakkāra: {'def': '【阳】1.丢弃，2.拒绝。avakkārapāti,【阴】污水盆。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】1. 丢弃，2. 拒绝。~pā ti,【阴】污水盆。(p41)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Sk. avaskara faeces, fr. avaṁ + karoti] throwing away, refuse, sweepings; only in cpd. °pātī a bowl for refuse, slop basin, ash-bin Vin.I,157, 352; II,216; M.I,207; DhA.I,305. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avakujja: {'def': '【形】脸向下的，弯腰的。(p41)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】脸向下的，弯腰的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [ava + kujja, cp. B.Sk. avakubja M Vastu I.29, avakubjaka ibid. 213; II,412] face downward, head first, prone, bent over (opp. ukkujja & uttāna) J.I,13 = Bu II.52; J.V,295; VI,40; Pv IV.10⁸; PvA.178.

--pañña (adj.) one whose reason is turned upside down (like an upturned pot, i.e. empty) A.I,130; Pug.31 (= adhomukha-pañña Pug.A 214). (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avakārakaŋ: {'def': '【副】散布。(p41)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avakārakaṁ: {'def': '【副】散布。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adv.) [fr. avakāra] throwing away, scattering about Vin.II,214. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avakārin: {'def': '(adj.) (-°) [fr. avakāra] despising, degrading, neglecting Vbh.393 sq. (an°). (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avakāsa: {'def': '【阳】机会，空间，机会。(p41)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '& okāsa [ava + kāś to shine, cp. Sk. avakāśa] 1. “appearance”: akkhuddâvakāso dassanāya not little (or inferior) to behold (of appearance) D.I,114; ariyāvakāsa appearing noble or having the app. of an Aryan J.V,87; katâvakāsa put into appearance Vv 22⁹. -- 2. “opportunity”: kata° given leave D.I,276 Sn.1030; anavakāsakārin not giving occasion Miln.383. -- anavakāsa not having a chance or opportunity (to happen), impossible; always in ster. phrase aṭṭhānaṁ etaṁ anavakāso Vin.II,199; A.I,26; V,169; Pug.11, 12; PvA.28. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】机会，空间。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avalakkhaṇa: {'def': '【形】丑陋的，不幸的徵兆。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】丑陋的，不幸的征兆。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avalambana: {'def': '【中】1.悬挂。2.帮助。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】 1. 悬挂。 2. 帮助。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avalambati: {'def': '[= olambati]. Only in late verse. To hang down. Pv.II,1¹⁸; 10². Ger. avalamba (for °bya) Pv III,3⁵; cp. olubbha. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ava + lab + ŋ-a), 悬挂。 avalambi, 【过】。 avalambita, 【过分】。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ava+lab+ṁ-a), 悬挂。avalambi,【过】。avalambita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avalehana: {'def': '【中】舔。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】舔。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avalekhana: {'def': '(fr. avalekhati),【中】擦去，刮掉(scraping, scraping off)。avalekhanakaṭṭha,【中】作为刮东西的竹片子。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '² (nt.) v. l. for apalekhana. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】擦去，刮掉。 ~kaṭṭha, 【中】作为刮东西的竹片子。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '¹ (nt.) [fr. avalekhati] (a) scraping, scraping off Vin.II,141 (°pidhara), 221 (°kaṭṭha). (b) scratching in, writing down J.IV,402, (°sattha a chisel for engraving letters). (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avalekhati: {'def': '[ava + lekhati, likh, Sk. avalikhati] to scrape off Vin.II,221 (v. l. apa°). (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'Apalekhati, (ava + lekhati, likh, Sk. avalikhati), 刮掉(to scrape off )。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avalepana: {'def': '【中】涂，涂抹灰泥。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(-°) (nt.) [fr. ava + lip] smearing, daubing, plastering M.I,385 (pīta°); Sn.194 (kāyo taca-maṁs’âvalepano the body plastered with skin & flesh). (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】涂，涂抹灰泥。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avalikhati: {'def': '(ava + likh + a), 刮掉，切片。 avalikhi, 【过】。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ava+likh抓+a), 刮掉，切片。avalikhi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avalimpati: {'def': '(ava+lip涂+ṁ-a), 涂上，涂以灰泥。avalimpi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ava + lip + ŋ-a), 涂上，涂以灰泥。 avalimpi, 【过】。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avalitta: {'def': 'avalitta-, (Sk. avalipta, Avalimpati的【过分】) 涂上，涂以灰泥(besmeared)。ullittāvalitta, 涂上涂下，涂内涂外( “smeared up & down” i. e. plastered inside & outside A.I,101.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(-°) [Sk. avalipta, pp. of ava-limpati] besmeared; in cpd. ullittâvalitta “smeared up & down” i. e. plastered inside & outside A.I,101. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avamaññanā: {'def': '【阴】 avamāna, 【阳】 avamānana, 【中】轻视，忽视，不敬。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】avamāna,【阳】avamānana,【中】轻视，忽视，不敬。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avamaññati: {'def': '[Sk. avamanyate] to slight, to disregard, despise DhA.I,170; PvA.37, 175; Sdhp.271. -- pp. Caus. avamānita. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ava + man + ya), 藐视，轻视。 avamaññi, 【过】。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ava+man想+ya), 藐视，轻视。avamaññi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avamaṅgala: {'def': '【中】坏运，凶兆。【形】不吉利的。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】坏运，凶兆。【形】不吉利的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [ava + maṅgala, ava here in privative function] of bad omen, unlucky, infaustus (opp. abhimaṅgala); nt. bad luck, ill omen J.I,372, 402; II,197; VI,10, 424; DhA.III,123; PvA.261. Cf. next. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avamaṅgalla: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. avamaṅgala] of bad omen, nt. anything importune, unlucky J.I,446. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avamāna: {'def': '& omāna [fr. ava + man, think] disregard, disrespect, contempt J.II,386; III,423; V,384. Cp. next. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avamānana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. avamāna] = avamāna J.I,22. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avamāneti: {'def': '(ava + man + e), 轻视，不敬。 avamānesi, 【过】。 avamata, avamānita, 【过分】。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Caus. of avamaññati] to despise J.V,246. ‹-› pp. avamānita PvA.36. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ava+ man想+e), 轻视，不敬。avamānesi,【过】。avamata, avamānita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avanata: {'def': 'see oṇata. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avanati: {'def': '【阴】弯下，弯曲。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】弯下，弯曲。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(-°) (f.) [fr. avanamati] stooping, bending, bowing down, humiliation Miln.387 (unnat’âvanati). (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avani: {'def': '【阴】土地。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [Vedic avani] bed or course of a river; earth, ground Dāvs.IV,5. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】土地。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avanti: {'def': 'f. 阿槃提 [西方インドの国(首都はUjjeni), 十六大国の一].', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典》日本水野弘元教授词数 13772.'}; {'def': 'f. 阿槃提 [古印度王國(首都Ujjeni,譯作優闍耶那或譯作優禪尼,優善那), 十六大國之一].', 'xr': '《汉译パーリ语辞典》黃秉榮譯词数 7735.'}; {'def': '阿盘提', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}

Avapakāsati: {'def': '[ava + pa + kāsati = kassati, fr. kṛṣ] is a doubtful comp^d. of kassati, the comb^d. ava + pa occurring only in this word. In all likelihood it is a distortion of vavakassati (vi + ava + kassati), supplementing the ordinary apakassati. See meaning & further discussion under apakāsati -- Vin.II,204 (apakāsati +; v.l. avapakassati; Bdhgh. in expl^n. on p. 325 has apapakāsati which seems, to imply (a)vavakassati); A.III,145 sq. (avapakāsituṁ). (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avapatta: {'def': 'see opatta. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avapivati: {'def': '[ava + pā, cp. apapibati] to drink from J.I,163. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avapāyin: {'def': '(-°) (adj.) [cp. avapivati] coming for a drink, drinking J.I,163. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avarajjhati: {'def': '(-°) [ava + rajjhati of rādh, cp. Sk. avarādhyate] to neglect, fail, spurn Th.1, 167; J.IV,428 (v.l. °rujjh°). (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avarodhaka: {'def': '【阳】妨害者。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】妨害者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avarodhana: {'def': '【中】障碍。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】障碍。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avaruddha: {'def': '( Avarundhati的【过分】) 抑制，围攻，监禁。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. avarundhati] 1. Doubtful reading at Vin.IV,181, apparently meaning “in revolt, out of hand” (of slaves) -- 2. [late form of oruddha] restrained Sdhp. 592. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avaruddhaka: {'def': '[avruddha + ka] subdued, expelled, banished J.VI,575; Dpvs.I,21 (Np). (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avaruddhati: {'def': '[Sk. aparundhati; ava + ruddhati of rudh] to expel, remove, banish J.VI,505 (= nīharati C.), 515. See also avarundhati. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avarundhati: {'def': '(ava+rudh成长+ṁ-a), 抑制，围攻，监禁。avarundhi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ava + rundhati. Only referred to by Dhp. in his Cy (ThA.271) on oruddha] to put under restraint, to put into one’s harem as subsidiary wife. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ava + rudh + ŋ-a), 抑制，围攻，监禁。 avarundhi, 【过】。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avasa: {'def': '(adj.) [a + vasa] powerless Sdhp.290. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avasara: {'def': '【阳】偶然性，机会。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】偶然性，机会。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avasarati: {'def': '[ava + sṛ] to go down, to go away (to) Sn.685 (v. l. BB. T. avaṁsari). (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ava + sar + a), 下去，到达。 avasari, 【过】。 avasaṭa, 【过分】。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ava+sar(梵sr)动转+a), 下去，到达。avasari,【过】。avasaṭa,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avasavattana: {'def': '﹐【中】无法控制，无权威。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avasaṭa: {'def': '& Osaṭa [Sk. apasṛta, cp. also samavasṛta, pp. of ava + sṛ] withdrawn, gone away; one who has left a community & gone over to another sect, a renegade Vin.IV,216, 217 (= titthāyatanaṁ saṁkata). (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avasesa: {'def': '【中】残余。【形】剩余的。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '¹ [Sk. avaśeṣa, fr. ava + śiṣ, cp. avasissati] remainder, remaining part; only in cpds. an° (adj.) without any remainder, i. e. fully, completely M.I,220 = A.V,347 (°dohin); A.I,20 sq., 88; Sn.146; Pug.17; Dhs.363, 553; SnA 417 (°pharaṇa); PvA.71 (°ato, adv. altogether, not leaving anything out); & sâvasesa leaving something over, having something left A.I,20 sq., 88; Pv III,5⁵ (jīvita° having still a little life left). (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² (adj.) [see prec.] remaining, left Sn.694 (āyu avaseso); J.III,19; Vbh.107 (taṇhā ca avasesā ca kilesā); PvA.19 (avasesā ca ñātakā the rest of the relatives), 21 (avasesā parisā), 201 (aṭṭhi-tacamatt’âvasesa-sarīra with a body on which nothing but skin & bones were left), 206 (aṭṭhi-saṅghātamatt’âvasesa-sarīra). -- nt. (as pred.) °ṁ what is left PvA.52 (app’avasesaṁ); KhA 245 (n’atthi tesaṁ avasesaṁ). (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Sk. avawesa, fr. ava + wis),【中】残余(remainder, remaining part)。【形】剩余的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avasesaka: {'def': '【中】所剩余的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [fr. avasesa²] being left, overflowing, additional, more J.I,400 (an°); Dpvs.IV,45. (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】所剩余的。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avasin: {'def': '(a + vasin fr. vaw), 【形】【中】不能自己(not having control over oneself)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.-n.) [a + vasin fr. vaś] not having control over oneself, D.II,275. (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avasissati: {'def': '(ava + sis + ya), 被留下，剩余。 avasissi, 【过】。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ava+sis倾倒+ya), 被留下，剩余。avasissi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Sk. avaśiṣyate; Pass. of ava + śis; but expl^d. by Kern, Toev. s. v. as fut of avasīdati] to be left over, to remain, in phrase yaṁ pamāṇa-kataṁ kammaṁ na taṁ tatrâvasissati D.I,251; A.V,299 = S.IV,322; J.II,61 (see expl^n. on p. 62). Also in the phrases taco ca nahārū ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu sarīre upasussatu maṁsa-lohitaṁ M.I,481; A.I,50; S.II,28, and sarīrāni avasissanti S.II, 83. With the latter phrases cp. avasussati. (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avasitta: {'def': '(avasiñcati 的【过分】)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(-°) [pp. of osiñcati] besprinkled, anointed, consecrated, only in phrase rājā khattiyo muddhâvasitto of a properly consecrated king (see also khattiya) D.II,69; II,227; III,64; Pug.56; DA.I,182 (T. muddhâvassita, v. l. °abhisitta); etc. -- See also abhisitta. (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(avasiñcati 的【过分】)。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avasiñcanaka: {'def': '(-°) (adj.) [fr. osiñcati] pouring over (act. & med.), overflowing J.I,400 (an°). (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avasiñcati: {'def': '(ava+sic倾倒+ṁ-a), 灌注，洒。avasiñci,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ava + sic + ŋ-a), 灌注，洒。 avasiñci, 【过】。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avasiṭṭha: {'def': '(avasissati 的【过分】), 已剩余，已剩下。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(avasissati 的【过分】), 已剩余，已剩下。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(sic & not osiṭṭha) [pp. of avasissati, Sk. avaśiṣṭa] left, remaining, over S.II,133; J.I,138; V,339; VvA.66, pl. avasiṭṭhā all who are left, the others PvA.165 (janā). (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avasiṭṭhaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. avasiṭṭha] remaining, left J.III,311. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avassa: {'def': '(adj.) [a + vaś] against one’s will, inevitable J.I, 19 (°bhāvin); V,319 (°gāmitā). Usually as nt. °ṁ adv. inevitably (cp. BSk. avaśyaṁ Divy 347; Av. Ś I.209 etc.) J.III,271; DA.I,263; Sdhp.293. (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avassajati: {'def': '& ossajati [ava + sṛj, perhaps ud + sṛj = Sk. utsṛjati, although the usual Vedic form is avasṛjati. The form ossajati puzzled the BSk. writers in their sanskritisation apotsṛjati = apa + ut + sṛj Divy 203] to let loose, let go, send off, give up, dismiss, release (ava): J.IV,425; V,487 (aor. avassaji read for avissaji). (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avassakaṁ: {'def': '(adv.) [see avassa] inevitably Dpvs IX.13. (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avassana: {'def': '(nt.) [a + vassana, Sk. vāsana of vāś to bleat] not bleating J.IV,251. (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avassava: {'def': '[ava + sava, Sk. °srava fr. sru to flow] outflow, effect, only neg. anassava no further effect Vin.II,89; M.I,93; II,246; A.III,334 sp. (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avassaya: {'def': '[Sk. *avāśraya for the usual apāśraya, see P. apassaya¹] support, help, protection, refuge J.I,211; II, 197; IV,167; Miln.160; DhA.II,267; IV,198; PvA.5, 113. (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】支援，帮忙，仰赖。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】支持，帮忙。(p44)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avassayati: {'def': '参考 avasseti。(p44)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ava+si眠﹑卧+e), 倚靠，仰赖。参考 avasseti。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avassaŋ: {'def': '【副】不可避免。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avassaṁ: {'def': '【副】不可避免。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avassaṭā: {'def': '入外道。Pāci.IV,217.︰Avassaṭā nāma titthāyatanaṁ saṅkantā vuccati.(入外道︰移入外道。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avasseti: {'def': '(ava+si眠﹑卧+e), 倚靠，仰赖。avassayi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ava + ā + śri, for the usual *apāśrayati; see apasseti] to lean against, to depend on, find shelter in (Loc.) J.II,80 (aor. avassayiṁ = vāsaṁ kappesiṁ C.). ‹-› pp. avassita. (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ava + si + e), 倚靠，仰赖。 avassayi, 【过】。(p44)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avassika: {'def': '【形】刚出家的，出家后还未有戒腊。(p44)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】刚出家的，出家后还未有戒腊。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avassita: {'def': '(avasseti 的【过分】)。(p44)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[for apassita, Sk. apaśrita] depending on, dealing with J.V,375. See apassita. (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '[avasseti倚靠]的【过分】倚靠。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avassuta: {'def': '(adj.) [Sk. *avasruta, pp. of ava + sru, cp. avassava] 1. (lit.) flowing out or down, oozing, leaking J.IV, 20. -- 2. (fig.) (cp. anvāssava & āsava) filled with desire, lustful (opp. anavassuta, q. v.) Vin.II,236; S.IV,70, 184 (an°); A.I,261, 262 (an°); II,240; IV,128, 201; Sn.63 (an°); Pug.27, 36; Dpvs II.5 (T. reads avassita). ‹-› Neg. anavassuta: 1. not leaking, without a leak J.IV,20 (nāvā = udaka-pavesan’âbhāvena a. C.). -- 2. free from leakage, i. e. from lust or moral intoxication Dh.39 (°citta); Sn.63 (see expl^d. in detail at Nd² 40); SnA 116 (= kilesa-anvāssava-virahita). (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】依恋，充满欲望的。SA.35.241./III,42.︰Avassutoti rāgena tinto.(充满欲望：沾粘染污。) Pāci.IV,214.︰Avassutā nāma sārattā apekkhavatī paṭibaddhacittā.(充满欲望的︰有依恋，有欲望，被爱所绑的。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】充满欲望的，好色的。(p44)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avassāvana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ava + Caus. of sru to flow] straining, filtering (?) J.II,288. (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avasussana: {'def': '【中】乾涸，枯竭，凋谢。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】干涸，枯竭，凋谢。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avasussati: {'def': '(ava+sus(梵wus)弄乾+ya), 乾涸，枯竭，凋谢。avasussi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Sk. *ava-suṣyati of śuṣ] to dry up, to wither; in later quotations of the old kāmaṁ taco ca nahāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasussatu (upasussatu sarīre maṁsalohitaṁ) J.I,71, 110; Sdhp.46. It is a later spelling for the older avasissatu see Trenckner (M.I,569). -- fut. avasucchati (= Sk. *°śokṣyati, fut. of Intens.) J.VI,550 (v. l. BB °sussati; C. avasucchissati). (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ava + sus + ya), 干涸，枯竭，凋谢。 avasussi, 【过】。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avasāna: {'def': '【中】结束，终点，停止。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】结束，终点，停止。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(-°) [for osāna] (nt.) stopping ceasing; end, finish, conclusion J.I,87 (bhattakicc-âvasāne at the end of the meal); PvA.76 (id.). (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avasāya: {'def': '[fr. avaseti] stopping, end, finish Th.2, 12 (= avasānaṁ niṭṭhānaṁ ThA.19). But the id. p. at Dhp 218 has anakkhāte. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avasī: {'def': 'metri causa for avasi, a + vasi, aor. of vas⁴ to stop, stay, rest J.V,66 (mā avasī). (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avasūra: {'def': '[ava + sūra; ava here in function of *avaṁs see ava II] sundown, sunset, Acc. °ṁ as adv. at or with sundown J V 56 (anāvasūraṁ metrically). (Page 84)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avatarana: {'def': '【中】 avatāra, 【阳】降，进入，跳入。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】avatāra,【阳】降，进入，跳入。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avatarati: {'def': '(ava + tar + a), 降，进入，跳入。avatari,【过】。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ava+tar越过+a), 降，进入，跳入。avatari,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avatata: {'def': '& otata [ava + tata, pp. of tan] stretched over, covered, spread over with Vv 64³ (-°); VvA.276 (= chādita). (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avataŋsa: {'def': '【阳】装饰盔上的花环。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avataṁsa: {'def': 'see vataṁsaka. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】装饰盔上的花环。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avatiṇṇa: {'def': '(avatarati 的【过分】), 已跌入，已受影响。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '& otiṇṇa [pp. of otarati] fallen into, affected with (-°), as ava° rare late or poetical form of o°, e. g. J.V,98 (issâ°). See otiṇṇa. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '& Otiṇṇa(avatarati 的【过分】), 已跌入，已受影响(fallen into, affected with )。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avatiṭṭhati: {'def': '(梵avatisṭhasi), 堕入，跌入。3s.aor. avatthāsi(=apatāsi)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ava + tiṭṭhati] to abide, linger, stand still. D.I,251 = S.IV,322 = A.V,299 (tatra°); S.I,25 (v.l. otiṭṭhati); Th. 1, 21; J.II,62; IV,208 (aor. avaṭṭhāsi). ‹-› pp. avaṭṭhita (q. v.). (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avattanta: {'def': 'Avattamāna﹐【现分】不存在，不产生，不继续。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avattha: {'def': '² [Sk. apāsta, apa + āsta, pp. of as²] thrown away J.V,302 (= chaḍḍita C.). (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '1 & avavatthika﹐(der. uncertain) 无目的(aimless (of cārikā, a bhikkhu’s wandering, going on tour))。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '2 (Sk. apāsta, apa + āsta, pp. of as2)已舍弃(thrown away)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '¹ [der. uncertain] aimless (of cārikā, a bhikkhu’s wandering, going on tour) A.III,171 (C. avavatthika). (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avattharati: {'def': '(ava + thar + a), 遮没，击败。~thari,【过】。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ava + tharati, stṛ] to strew, cover over or up J.I,74 (°amāna ppr.), 255 (°itvā ger.); IV,84; Dāvs.I,38. -- pp. otthaṭa Cp. pariy°. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ava+thar+a), 遮没，击败。avatthari,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avattharaṇa: {'def': '【中】1.排列。2.遮没的，3.击败。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. avattharati] setting in array, deploying (of an army) J.II,104 (of a robber-band), 336. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】 1. 排列。 2. 遮没的，3. 击败。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avatthaṭa: {'def': '(avattharati 的【过分】)。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(avattharati 的【过分】) 已遮没，已击败。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avatthu: {'def': '(&° ka) (adj.) [a + vatthu] groundless, unfounded (fig) Vin.II,241; J.I,440 (°kaṁ vacanaṁ). For lit meaning see vatthu. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avatthāraṇa: {'def': '(nt.) = avattharaṇa DA.I,274. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avaya: {'def': 'only in neg. anavaya. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avayava: {'def': '[Derⁿ uncertain. Cp. mediaeval Sk. avayava] limb, member, constituent, part VvA.53 (sarīra° = gattā). 168, 201, 276; PvA.211 (sarīra° = gattā), 251 (mūl° the fibres of the root). As t. t. g. at SnA 397. In the commentaries avayava is often used where aṁga would have been used in the older texts. (Page 83)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】肢，一部份，要素。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】肢，一部份，要素。(p43)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ava°: {'def': '(prefix) I. Relation between ava & o. Phonetically the difference between ava & o is this, that ava is the older form, whereas o represents a later development. Historically the case is often reversed -- that is, the form in o was in use first & the form in ava was built up, sometimes quite independently, long afterwards. Okaḍḍhati, okappati, okappanā, okassati, okāra, okantati, okkamati, ogacchati, odāta and others may be used as examples. The difference in many cases has given rise to a differentiation of meaning, like E. ripe: rife, quash: squash; Ger. Knabe: Knappe etc. (see below B 2). -- A. The old Pāli form of the prefix is o. In same cases however a Vedic form in ava has been preserved by virtue of its archaic character. In words forming the 2^nd part of a cpd. we have ava, while the absolute form of the same word has o. See e.g. avakāsa (-°) › okāsa (°-); avacara › ocaraka; avatata; avadāta; avabhāsa; avasāna. -- B. 1. the proportion in the words before us (early and later) is that o alone is found in 65% of all cases, ava alone in 24%, and ava as well as o in 11%. The proportion of forms in ava increases as the books or passages become later. Restricted to the older literature (the 4 Nikāyas) are the foll. forms with o: okiri, okkanti, okkamati, okkhipati, ogacchati, ossajati. -- (1) The Pāli form (o°) shows a differentiation in meaning against the later Sanskrit forms (ava°). See the foll.:

avakappanā harnessing: okappanā confidence; avakkanti (not Sk.): okkanti appearance;

avakkhitta thrown down: okkhitta subdued; avacara sphere of motion: ocaraka spy;

avatiṇṇa descended: otiṇṇa affected with love; avaharati to move down, put off: oharati to steal.

(2) In certain secondary verb-formations, arisen on Pāli grounds, the form o° is used almost exclusively pointing thus to a clearly marked dialectical development of Pali. Among these formations are Deminutives in °ka usually; the Gerund & the Infinitive usually; the Causatives throughout.

II. Ava as prefix. [P. ava = Vedic ava & occasionally o; Av. ava; Lat. au- (aufero = avabharati, aufugio etc.); Obg. u-; Oir. ō, ua. See further relations in Walde, Lat. Wtb. under au]. -- Meaning. (Rest:) lower, low (opp. ut°, see e. g. uccâvaca high & low, and below III, c), expl^d. as heṭṭhā (DhA.IV,54 under avaṁ) or adho (ibid. 153; SnA 290). -- (Motion:) down, downward, away (down), off; e. g. avasūra sun-down; adv. avaṁ (q. v., opp. uddhaṁ). -- (a) lit. away from, off: ava-kantati to cut off; °gaṇa away from the crowd; °chindati cut off; °yīyati fall off; °bhāsati shine out, effulge; °muñcati take off; °siṭṭha left over. -- down, out, over: °kirati pour down or out over; °khitta thrown down; °gacchati go down; °gāheti dip down; °tarati descend; °patita fallen down; °sajjati emit; °siñcati pour out over; °sīdati sink down. -- (b) fig. down in connection with verbs of emotion (cp. Lat. de- in despico to despise, lit. look down on), see ava-jānāti, °bhūta, °mānita, °vajja, °hasati. away from, i. e. the opposite of, as equivalent to a negation and often taking the place of the neg. prefix a° (an°), e. g. in avajaya (= ajaya), °jāta, °maṅgala (= a°), °pakkhin, °patta.

Affinities of ava. -- (a) apa. There exists an exceedingly frequent interchange of forms with apa° and ava°, the historical relation of which has not yet been thoroughly investigated. For a comparison of the two the BSk. forms are indispensable, and often afford a clue as to the nature of the word in question. See on this apa 2 and cp. the foll. words under ava: avakata, °karoti, °khalita, °aṅga, ottappa, avattha, °nīta, °dāna, °pivati, °rundhati, °lekhati, °vadati, °varaka, °sakkati, avassaya, avasseti, °hita, avāpurīyati, avekkhati. -- (b) abhi. The similarity between abhi & ava is seen from a comparison of meaning abhi II. b and ava II. a. The two prefixes are practically synonymous in the foll. words: °kaṅkhati, °kamati, °kiṇṇa, °khipati, °maddati, °rata, °lambati, °lekheti, °lepana, °siñcati. -- (c) The contrary of ava is ut (cp. above II.2). Among the freq. contrast-pairs showing the two, like E. up & down, are the foll. ukkaṁsâvakaṁsa, uggaman-oggamana, uccâvaca, ullaṅgheti-olaṅgheti, ullittâvalitta; ogilituṁuggilituṁ, onaman-unnamana. Two other comb^ns. founded on the same principle (of intensifying contrast) are chiddâvacchidda and ava° in contrast with vi° in olambavilamba, olugga-vilugga. (Page 80)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avañcana: {'def': '(adj.) [a + vañcana from vañc] not (even) tottering, i.e. unfit for any motion (esp. walking), said of crippled feet J.I,214 = Cp III,9¹⁰. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avañjhā: {'def': '(a+vañjhā)﹐【形】没有不育的。avañjhā,【阴】会生育的女人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avañña: {'def': '(adj.) [to avaññā] despised, despicable Pv III,1¹³ (= avaññeyya avajānitabba PvA.175). (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avaññatti: {'def': '(ava+ ñā(梵jñā)知﹐梵avajñapti), the fact of not being despised, inferior or surpassed, egotism, pride, arrogance。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [ava + ñatti = Sk. *avajñapti, fr. ava + jñā] only as neg. an° the fact of not being despised, inferior or surpassed, egotism, pride, arrogance It.72; Vbh.350, 356; °kāma (adj.) wishing not to be surpassed, unvilling to be second, wanting to be praised A.II,240; IV,1 sq. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avaññā: {'def': '【阴】轻视，失礼，无礼。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [Sk. avajñā, fr. ava + jñā] contempt, disregard, disrespect J.I,257 (°ya). (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ava+ñā(梵jñā)知﹐梵avajñā),【阴】轻视(contempt)，失礼(disregard)，无礼(disrespect)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avaññāta: {'def': '(avajānāti 的【过分】)。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(avajānāti 的【过分】) 轻视。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of avajānāti] despised, treated with contempt PvA.135 (an°); Sdhp.88, 90. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avaḍḍhi: {'def': '(f.) [a + vaḍḍhi] “non-growth”, decay DhA.III,335; C on A.III,76 (cp. apajaha). (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】衰退，损失。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】衰退，损失。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avaṁ: {'def': '(adv.) [Vedic avāk & avāṁ] the prep. ava in adv. use, down, downward; in C. often expl^d. by adho. Rarely absolute, the only passage found so far being Sn.685 (avaṁ sari he went down, v. l. avasari, expl^d. by otari SnA 486). Opp. uddhaṁ (above, up high). Freq. in cpd. avaṁsira (adj.) head downward (+ uddhaṁpāda feet up), a position characteristic of beings in Niraya (Purgatory), e. g. S.I,48; Sn.248 (patanti sattā nirayaṁ avaṁsirā = adhogata-sīsā SnA 290); Vv 52²⁵ (of Revatī, + uddhaṁpāda); Pv IV.1⁴⁶; J.I,233 (+ uddhapāda); IV,103 (nirayaṁ vajanti yathā adhammo patito avaṁsiro); Nd¹ 404 (uddhaṁpāda +); DhA.IV,153 (gloss adhosira). -- On avaṁ° cp. further avakkāra, avākaroti, avekkhipati. (Page 80)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avaṅga: {'def': 'see apaṅga. (Page 81)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avaṇṇa: {'def': '[a + vaṇṇa] blame, reproach, fault D.I,1 (= dosā nindā DA.I,37); It.67; Pug.48, 59. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】责备，坏名声。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】责备，坏名声。avaṇṇaṁ bhāsati﹐说不名誉，即诽谤。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Avaṇṇanīya: {'def': '(adj.) [grd. of a + vaṇṇeti] indescribable J.V,282. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avaṇṭa: {'def': '(adj.) [a + vaṇṭa] without a stalk J.V,155. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avaṭaṁsaka: {'def': '(= vaṭ°) see Vin Texts II.347. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avaṭṭhita: {'def': '(ad.) [Sk. avasthita, ava + thita] “standing down” = standing up, firm, fixed, settled, lasting Th.1, 1140. Usually neg. an° unsettled, unsteady; not lasting, changeable Dh.38 (°citta; cp. DhA.I,308 cittaṁ thāvaraṁ natthi); PvA.87 (= na sassata not lasting for ever). (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avaṭṭhitatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. prec.] steadiness, only as neg. an° unsteadiness, fickleness ThA.259. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avaṭṭhiti: {'def': '(f.) [Sk. avasthiti] (firm) position, posture, steadfastness S.V,228; Dhs.11, 570. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avaṭṭhāna: {'def': '(nt.) [Sk. avasthāna] position, standing place J.I,508; PvA.286. (Page 82)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】avaṭṭhiti,【阴】位置，姿势。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】 avaṭṭhiti, 【阴】位置，姿势。(p42)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Avebhaṅgika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. a + vi + bhaṅga] not to be divided or distributed Vin.I,305. Cp. next. (Page 86)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avebhaṅgiya: {'def': '【形】不可分布的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】不可分布的。(p45)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [= avebhaṅgika] that which is not to be divided, an inalienable possession; 5 such objects enum^d. at Vin.II,171, which are the same as under avissajjiya (q. v.); V,129. (Page 86)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Avecca: {'def': '(adv.) [Usually taken as ava + ger. of i (*itya), cp. adhicca & abhisamecca, but by P. grammarians as a + vecca. The form is not sufficiently clear semantically; B.Sk. avetya, e.g. Jtm. 210, is a Sanskritisation of the P. form] certainly, definitely, absolutely, perfectly, expl^d. by Bdhgh. as acala (on D.II,217), or as paññāya ajjhogahetvā (on Sn.229); by Dhp. as apara-paccaya-bhāvena (on Pv IV.1²⁵). -- Usually in phrase Buddhe Dhamme Saṅghe avecca-pasādo perfect faith in the B., the Dhamma & the Saṅgha, e.g. at M.I,47; S.II,69; IV,271 sq., 304; V,344, 405; A.I,222; II,56; III,212, 332, 451; IV,406; V,183; further at Ps.I,161 (°pasanna); Sn.229 (yo ariyasaccāni avecca passati); Pv IV.1²⁵. (Page 85)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(‹ aveti知道‹ ava+i or a+vecca ‹ vi +i (= a+vi +gam)，「不坏失」),【独】知道了、洞见了。aveccappasāda,【阳】确知而得的净信。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【独】知道了。 ~pasāda, 【阳】完美的信心。(p45)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

【經文資訊】
【原始資料】原始资料皆来自网络
【其他事項】本資料庫可自由免費流通，詳細內容請參閱【中華電子佛典協會資料庫版權宣告】